Professional Documents
Culture Documents
pr.
-on
All
to recall after
two weeks
Olln/Kroch Library
DATE DUE
^4-
The
tlie
original of
tliis
book
is in
restrictions in
http://www.archive.org/details/cu31924079747485
BY
.BENJAMIN
PROFESSOR
IN
L.
D'OOGE, Ph.D.
QUI
FILIOLO MEO ME NON SOLUM DICENDA SED ETIAM TACENDA DOCUIT HOC OPUSCULUM EST DEDICATUM
PREFACE
To make
of lessons.
same time
sys-
and interesting
is
The
guage,
first
its
lan-
history,
and
its
educational value.
is
The body
of the book,
Part I
is
introductory essentials.
first
sixty lessons,
and
is
few lessons
pupils not
grounded
in English
grammar.
is
The
and,
all
the constructions
;
There
is
translation,
commend
themselves to
teachers
The forms
for the
most
in a
grammatical
appendix.
The work on
intensive in character,
work
in
minimum
while this
is
going on.
The forms
subjunctive constructions.
vi
PREFACE
The vocabulary has been selected with the greatest care, using Lodge's " Dictionary of Secondary Latin " and Browne's " Latin
Word
among
six
hundred words,
exclu-
sive of
proper names,
the simplest and
commonest words
More
than ninety-five per cent of those chosen are Caesarian, and of these
more than ninety per cent are used in Csesar five or more times.. The few words not Caesarian are of such frequent occurrence in Cicero, Vergil, and other authors as to justify their appearance here. But teachers desiring to confine word study to Caesar can easily do so, as the Caesarian words are printed in the vocabularies in distinctive
type.
compounds and
latter
occurrence in Cassar.
words more careful preparation, vocabularies have been removed from their- respective
To
memory,
To
insure
The
about twelve hundred words, and of these above eighty-five per cent
are found in Caesar.
which recent
investi-
Lee Byrne and his collaborators, have shown to belong properly to the work of the first year. The constructions are presented, as far as possible, from the standpomt of English, the English usage being given first and the Latin compared or contrasted with
it.
infinitive in indirect
statements.
Cassar are introduced and the sentences are drawn mainly from that
author.
From
first
is
made
to instill a
principles of
which are
down
PREFACE
Selections for reading are unusually abundant
vii
from the
earliest possible
moment.
length as the book progresses, and, for the most part, are
integral part of the lessons instead of being
made an
drill in
massed
at the
end of the
between succeeding
subjects.
The
material
is
drawn from
his-
torical
The book
life
of a
The
and the
make
Reviews are
and to
facilitate this
branch of the work an Appendix of Reviews has been prepared, covering both the vocabulary and the grammar.
The
illustrations are
numerous, and
will, it is
hoped, do
much
to
stimulate interest in the ancient world and to create true and lasting
impressions of
Roman
life
and times.
made
to
explanation throughout.
As an
The author wishes to express his gratitude to the numerous teachers who tested the advance pages in their classes, and, as a result of their experience, have given much valuable aid by criticism and suggestion.
Particular
to
Central
of the
High School, Grand Rapids, Michigan High School at Hastings, Michigan and
;
to to
in this institution. L.
BENJAMIN
D'OOGE
CONTENTS
LESSON
PAGE
To THE Student
By way of Introduction
I.
....
1-4
PART
Alphabet, Sounds of the Letters, Syllables, Quantity, Accent, How TO Read Latin
PART
ber,
II.
Nominative
IX-X.
XI.
XII.
XIII.
Gender, Agreement of Word Order Second or 0-Declension General Rules for Declension Predicate Noun, Apposition Dialogue Adjectives of the First and Second Declensions Nouns in -ius and -ium Germania Second Declension (Continued) Nouns -er and Italia Dialogue
Adjectives,
.
.
Dialogue
Agreement of
.
12-24
25-30
31-35'
36-37
38-39
39-41
in
-ir
XIV. Possessive Adjective Pronouns XV. Ablative denoting With Cause, Means, Accompaniment, Manner The Romans Prepare for War XVI. The Nine Irregular Adjectives XVII. The Demonstrative is, ea, id Dialogue XVIII. Conjugation Present, Imperfect, and Future of sum Dialogue XIX. Present Active Indicative of amo and moneo XX. Imperfect Active Indicative of amo and moneo Meaning of the Imperfect NiOBE AND her Children. XXI. Future Active Indicative of amo and moneo Niobe AND her Children (Concluded) XXII. Review of Verbs The Dative with Adjectives Cornelia A1W5 HER Jewels
42-43
44-46
46-47
48-50
51-53
54-56
56-57
58-59
59-6i
viii
CONTENTS
LESSON
XXIII. Present Active Indicative of rego and audio Cornelia and her Jewels {Concluded) XXIV. Imperfect Active Indicative of rego and audio
The Dative with Special Intransitive Verbs
ix PAGE
61-63
....
.
63-65
.
....
XXV. Future Active Indicative of rego and audio XXVI. Verbs in -io Present, Imperfect, and Future Active
Indicative of capio
65-66 66-68
Present,
The Imperative
Imperfect,
dromeda
XXVIII. Present, Imperfect, and Future Indicative Passive OF rego AND audio Perseus and Andro-
meda
(Continued)
....
T^-Ti
73-75
XXX. Synopses
tive
in
Personal Agent
7578
79-81
XXXI. Perfect, Pluperfect, and Future Perfect of sum Dialogue XXXII. Perfect Active Indicative of the Four Regular
Conjugations
seus
Meanings
of the Perfect
. .
Per-
and Andromeda {Continued) XXXIII. Pluperfect and; Future Perfect Active Indica.
81-83
84-85 86-87
tive
XXXV.
Passive Perfects of the Indicative Perfect Passive and Future Active Infinitive
.
. .
88-90 90-93
XXXVI. Review of Principal Parts Prepositions, Yes-orNo Questions XXXVII. Conjugation of possum The Infinitive used as in
. .
English
Accusative
Subject of
an
Infinitive
93-96
The Faithless Tarpeia XXXVIII. The Relative Pronoun and the Interrogative Pronoun Agreement ofthe Relative The Faithless
Tarpeia {Concluded)
. . .
97-101
101-106
107
108-110
X
LESSON
CONTENTS
Gender XLIV. Irregular Nouns of the Third Declension The First Bridge over IN the Third Declension THE Rhine XLV. Adjectives of the Third Declension The Romans ... Invade the Enemy's Country XLVI. The Fourth OR ^/-Declension XLVII. Expressions of Place Place to Which, Place from Which, Plcu:e at or in Which, the Locative Declension of domus D^DALUs AND Icarus Ablative of Time XLVIII. The Fifth or .S-Declension D^DALUS AND ICARUS [Continued) XLIX. Pronouns Personal and Reflexive Pronouns D.daLus AND Icarus (Concluded) L. The Intensive Pronoun ipse and the Demonstrative idem How Horatius Held the Bridge LI. The Demonstratives hie, iste, ille A German ChiefHow Horatius tain Addresses his Followers Held the Bridge (Continued) How Horatius Held the LII. The Indefinite Pronouns
PAGE
....
111-112 113-115
116-117
117-121
121-123
123-126
126-127
128-130
130-132
Bridge (Concluded)
LIII.
...
Ablative
133-135
tvith
...
I3S~I36
137-138
...
.'
....
. .
LVI. Irregular Comparison of Adjectives (Concluded) Ablative of the Measure of Difference 138-139 LVII. Formation and Comparison of Adverbs 140-142 Partitive Genitive LVIII. Numerals 142-144 Accusative of Extent LIX. Numerals (C(;<;'^^) C/ESAR IN
....
.
Gaul
....
PART
III.
....
144-146
.
.
146147
and Subjunctive Compared LXII. The Subjunctive OF Purpose LXIII. Inflection of the Imperfect Subjunctive
of Tenses
148-151
1
Sequence
.
51-153
....
Clauses of Purpose
... ...
'53-155 156-159
Substantive
CONTENTS
LESSON
XI PAGE
. . .
160-161 LXV. Subjunctive OF possum Verbs of Fearing 161-164 LXVI. The Participles Tenses and Declension .... LXVII. The Irregular Verbs volo, nolo, malo Ablative
Absolute
...
Subjunctive of Result 167-168 LXVIII. The Irregular Verb fio LXIX. Subjunctive of Characteristic Predicate Accusative 169-171 LXX. Constructions vifiTH cum Ablative of Specification 1 71-173 Gerund and Gerundive Predi./JyXXI. Vocabulary Review
164-166
cate Genitive
eo
The
Indirect Statements
Irregular Verb
fero
173-177 177-180
181 183
183-185
LXXVII.
Genitive and Ablative of Quality or Description .... Review of Agreement Review of the Genitive, Dative,
. .
185-186
186-188 189-190 191-192 192-193
and Accusative LXXVIII. Review of the Ablative LXXIX. Review of the Syntax of Verbs
.
...
.
.
""reading
.
matter
194-195
Introductory Suggestions The Labors of Hercules The Story of a Roman Boy P. Cornelius Lentulus
. . :
...
.
196-203
204-225
...
....
.
.... ...
.
226-260
261-264
265-282
283-298
.
299-331
332-343 344-348
INDEX
ILLUSTRATIONS
Plate
I
IN
COLOR
page
.
. .
Frontispiece
Rome. From a
artist.
direction of the
Plate
II
53
under the
By
E. Forti,
Rome. From
a facsimile colored
Plate
III
CAPTIVI INTERROGANTUR
49
By Edmund H.
in
oil.
Garrett, Boston.
From an
original painting
Plate IV
"ECCE CAESAR NUNC TRIUMPHAT"
By Edmund H.
in
oil.
. .
213
Garrett, Boston.
From an
original painting
Map
ITALIA ANTIQUA
j
is
Latin ?
If
you
will
look at the
map
page, you will find near the middle of the peninsula and facing the
district called Latium,-'
west coast a
and
Rome
its capital.
The
Latin
Romans and
applied to
it
name
Rome had
carried the
knowledge of
original boundaries.
As
the English of
times, but
changed
more or
less in the
course of centuries.
The
sort of Latin
you are
that
its
And
best
Roman
supreme
literature
excellence,
called the
Golden
Age
of
Roman
letters.
The Spread of Latin. For some centuries after Rome was founded, Romans were a feeble and insignificant people, their territory was limited to Latium, and their existence constantly threatened by warlike
the
neighbors.
But
Rome's power
over the whole
grew
rapidly.
She conquered
ancient world.
The empire
1
TO THE STUDENT
Roman
power, and what had been a dialect spoken by a single tribe became the universal language. Gradually the language changed
somewhat, developing
In Italy
it
has
become
Italian, in
All these
The Romans and the Greeks. In their career of conquest the Romans came into conflict with the Greeks. The Greeks were inferior to the Romans in military power, but far superior to them in
culture.
They
and philosophy.
Of
all
Romans were
them with
And
so
it
came about
that while
Rome
It
Rome
go
to
by force
was
Romans
to
At the same time many cultured Greeks poets, artists, flocked to Rome, opened schools, and taught their arts. Indeed, the preeminence of Greek culture became
and philosophers
so great that
Rome
in
Greek
literature.
life
As
a consequence of
all this,
of
Rome became
and her
art.
largely Grecian,
and
literature
Rome and
thinking
Rome
;
and modes of
upon the
became Roman
and
Roman
ever since.
Latin continued
burned steadily through the dark ages that followed the downfall of
the
Roman
common
Even
yet
it
is
TO THE STUDENT
more nearly than any other tongue the
learned.
The
lijfe
of to-day
is
much
nearer the
of ancient
Rome
I are
You and
Romans still in many ways, and if Ceesar and Cicero should appear among us, we should not find them, except for dress and language, much unlike men of to-day.
Latin and English.
Do you know
?
that
more than
half of the
words
How
has
come about ? In
the year
which,
you remember,
is
their
language to a considerable
vocabulary.
have been brought into English through the writings of scholars, and
every
new
scientific
discovery
is
marked by the
addition of
new terms
of Latin derivation.
and
scientific
terms.
it
Why
clear
why
We
have seen
upon
if
that of Greece
we must
more
it is
of vital
To
this
it
may be added
all
that the
and
grammatical study.
'
TO THE STUDENT
Finally, it has been abundantly proved that there is no more effective means of strengthening the mind than by the earnest pursuit of this
branch of learning.
Review Questions. Whence does Latin get its name ? Where is Latium ? is Rome ? Was Latin always the same What sort of Latin are we to study ? Describe the growth of Rome's power and the spread of Latin. What can you say of the origin of Italian, French, and Spanish ? How did the ancient Greeks and Romans compare How did Greece influence Rome? How did Rome influence the world? In what sense are we Romans still?
Where
.?
.''
What
What
propor-
tion of English
origin,
Why
should
we
PART
The Latin
it
except that
2.
has no
and no
/.
e,
i,
The
o, u,
y.
The
other letters
are consonants.
3.
/ is
Before a vowel
is
in the
same
called
consonant.
Thus
is
like English.
The Romans
at the
Latin Examples
hac, stas
father
in aha', never as in
hat
a'-mat, ca'-nas
te'-la,
as in they
6 as in
i
me'-tS
as in
met machine
te'-nSt, mer'-ces
ser'-ti, pra'-ti
: 1 N.B. The sounds of the letters are best learned by hearing them correctly pronounced. The matter in this section is, therefore, intended for reference rather than for assignment as a lesson. As a first step it is suggested that the teacher pronounce the examples in class, the pupils following. 2 Long vowels are marked - short ones ^
,
6
Vowels
i
PRONUNCIATION
Latin Examples
si'-tis, bi'-bi
as in bit
as in holy
Ro'-ma,
5'-ris
m8'-d8, b8'-nos
u'-m8r, tu'-ber
ut, tu'-tus
as in rude, or as oo in boot
ti
as mfull, or as oo in foot
Note. It is to be observed that there is a decided difference in sound, except in the case of a, between the long and the short vowels. It is not merely a matter of qiiantity but also of quality.
6.
single syllable.
Diphthongs
ae as ai in aisle
Latin Examples
tae'-dae
au as ou
in
out
gau'-det
dein'-de
ei as ei in eight
one
syllable)
seu
foe'-dus
ti
followed by a short
one
syllable.
Cf. English
we)
cut, huic
slur over
Note. Give all the vowels and diphthongs their proper sounds and do not them in unaccented syllables, as is done in English.
7.
Consonants
c is
Latin Examples
ca'-do, ci'-biis, ce'-nS
g
i
is
g in get,
like
never as in gem
ge'-mo, gig'-no
consonant
c,
always like
in
yes
iSm,
ifi'-ciis
n before
qu,
or^ is
have the sound of qw, gw, and sw. Here u has the value of consonant v and is not counted a vowel
s is like j in sea, t is
sSn'-guis, sua'-dS-o
never as in ease
t in
r8'-sa, is
always like
native, never as in
rS'-ti-o, na'-ti-o
SYLLABLES
Consonants
V
is like
7
Latin Examples
w in
vi'-num, vir
X has
and
bs
tlie
is like
x in extract,
like c,
ex'-tra, 6x-ac'-tfis
firbs, 8b-ti'-n6-6
is like
ps and
bt like pt
ch, ph,
a.
and th are
p, i
piil'-cher, Plioe'-be,the-a'-tnim
its
distinct sound.
Doubled
Thus pronounce
//
pp
as in
Examples, mit'-to,
Ap'pi-iis, b61'-lfim.
SYLLABLES
8.
many
syllables as
it
thongs.
a.
Thus
Two
Compare English
9.
1.
Words
single consonant
sfecond.
Thus
2.
^^
a.
r.
Thus
pii'-bli-cus,
a'-gri.
follow rule
b.
Exception. Prepositional compounds of this nature, b. Thus ab'-lii-6, ab-rttm'-po, il'-le, fer'-rtim.
In
all
first
Thus mag'-nus,
e-g6s'-tas,
hSs'-pes,
3.
The
last syllable of
a word
is
one next
it is
The combination
net
is
divided
8
10.
QUANTITY
EXERCISE
Divide the words in the following passage into syllables and pronounce
Vade ad formicam,
tiam
:
[Go
summer and
QUANTITY
11.
The
is
the time
it
takes to
pronounce
Vowels are
In
this
be considered
1.
2.
A vowel is short before another vowel or h as p8-e'-ta, trfi'-ho. A vowel is short before nt and nd, before final m or and,
/,
syllable,
before final / or
r.
vowel
is
must be
carefully distinguished
A
If
syllable is short,
it
a.
pi'-gri.
Note. In final syllables the short vowel may be followed by a final consoThus the word mS-mS'-ri-Sm contains four short syllables. In the first three a shor| vowel ends the syllable, in the last the short vowel is followed by a final consonant.
nant.
. .
ACCENT
2.
A
If
syllable is long,
it
a.
ae-sta'-te.
b.
If
it
is
as cor'-pus, mag'-nus.
Note. The vowel in a long syllable may be either long or short, and should be pronounced accordingly. Thus in ter'-ra, in'-ter, the first syllable is long, but the vowel in each case is short and should be giveh the short sound. In words like saxum the first syllable is long because x has the value of two consonants [cs ox gs).
3.
In determining quantity h
is
as much time to the long syllables as to the short about as long to pronounce a short vowel plus a consonant as it does to pronounce a long vowel or a diphthong, and so these quantities are considered equally long. For example, it takes about as long to say cflr'-ro as Compare mSl'-lis and it does cu'-ro, and so each of these first syllables is long.
ones.
mo'-lis, a-mis'-si
and
a-mi'-si.
ACCENT
14.
Words
of
two
on the
first,
as
men -sa,
Cae'-sar.
15..
if
Words
of
is
on the penult
the penult
Thus mo-ne'-mus,
Note. Observe that the position of the accent by the length of the vowel
in the syllable.
Note.)
16. Certain
existence, are
little
words
to
called endit'ics}-
added
-que,
and ;
enclitic
-ve, or ;
~
and
The
syllable
before an
quantity.
Thus
1 Enclitic means leaning back, and that is, as you see, just what these little words do. They cannot stand alone and so they lean back for support upon
! !
! ! !
; ;
;!
lO
EXERCISE IN PRONUNCIATION
HOW
17.
TO READ LATIN
not so
difficult, if
To
is
you begin
right.
Cor-
be formed now.
your getting
its
(Cf. 15-)
its
proper length.
Then bear
in
mind
than
that
we should
read Latin as
we read
in separate
words.
nected in thought.
18.
No good
Read
poem by Longfellow, one at a and then the Latin version. The syllables inclosed be slurred or omitted to secure smoothness of meter.
EXCELSIOR [HIGHER]
The shades of night were falling fast. As through an Alpine village passed A youth, who bore, 'mid snow and ice,
1
!
Cadebant noctis umbrae, dum I bat per vicum Alpicum Gelu nivequ(e) adolescens, Vexillum cum signo ferens,
Excelsior
Frons
tristis,
micat oculus
like a falchion
And
The
like
a silver
accents of that
unknown
tongue.
Excelsior
Of household
fires
Focorum
luces calidas
acris,
Above, the spectral glaciers shone, And from his lips escaped a groan.
Excelsior
"
Relucet glacies
Et rumpit gemitus
Excelsior
DIcit senex, "
labrls.
"
Try not the Pass " the old man said Dark lowers the tempest overhead.
1
Ne
transeas
Translafion by C.
W. Goodchild
! ! ! !
! !
EXERCISE IN PRONUNCIATION
The
roaring torrent
is
II
And
lam
lucescebat, et fratres
Orabant preces
air,
solitas.
A voice
Cum vox
Excelsior
Excelsior
A traveler,
Still
by the
faithful
hound.
Semi-sepultus viator
Can(e) a fido reperitur,
Half-buried in the
grasping in
Comprendens pugno
Excelsior
!
gelido
There
and gray.
lay,
lacet corpus
exanimum
Lifeless,
but beautiful, he
And from
A voice
fell,
Excelsior
PART
II
FIRST PRINCIPLES
i.
by means of sentences.
single fact.
sentence
its
simplest form
the statement of a
Thus,
Galba
is
a farmer
Galba
Galba
'is
a farmer
est agricola
Subject
Predicate
The sailor Nauta
fights
.
pugnat
2.
The
subject
is is
which some-
thing
the
is said,
and
therefore a
same purpose.
Pronouns, as their name implies {pro,
is
a.
Galba
3.
a farmer j he
predicate
is
is
a sturdy fellow.
is
The
that which
and con-
sists of
a.
concerning
FIRST PRINCIPLES
20.
13
The
Object.
The
meaning
is
different,
act, that
and depends upon the order of the words. The doer of the
about which something
said,
is
is,
as
we have
is
seen above,
That
to
which something
done
The boy
Subject
,
Pkedicate
^
>
The boy
a.
verb whose action passes over to the object directly, as in the senis
is
tence above,
direct object
/ walk,
he comes.
different
21.
to be in its
was,
it
etc.
does not
forms
;
are,
is,
tell
neither -does
govern an object.
It
words
meaning.
Hence
it is
joiner or link.
name
the
objects, predicates,
2.
copulas
America
est patria
mea
Agricola filiam
amat
America
3.
is fatherland
my
4.
6.
Rosam
in comis habet
7.
Domina
a. The sentences above show that Latin does not express some words which are necessary in English. First of all, Latin has no article the or a; thus agricola may mean the farmer, u farmer, or sivtvpiy farmer. Then, too, the personal pronouns, /, you, he, she, etc., and the possessive pronouns, my, your, his, her, etc., are not expressed if the meaning of the sentence
is
14
FIRST PRINCIPLES
LESSON
FIRST PRINCIPLES
23. Inflection.
II
(Continued)
their
change
whom
The
in-
This
is
called inflection.
is
of a verb
conjugation.
Latin, like English, has
24. Number.
plural.
In English
we
"usually
form the
by adding
-s
or
-es to
the singular.
to the plural
by changing
Compare
The sailor fights The sailors fight
in -a in the singular
Naut-a pugnat
Naut-ae pugnant
25.
end
in -ae
in the plural.
26. Learn the following nouns so that you can give the English for the
wrong, injury
(lunar)
luna,
moon
daughter
{^\2!i)
silva,yorj^ (silvan)
terra,
fortv.'na.,
fortune
the sentences
land (terrace)
27.
Compare again
in the third
person
^ The words in parentheses are English words related to the Latin. When the words are practically identical, as causa, cause, no comparison is needed.
FIRST PRINCIPLES
28. in the 29.
Rule. Agreement of Verb. A finite verb must always be same person and number as its subject. Rule. In the conjugation of the Latin verb the third per-t,
the person
and num.ber of
the verb
30. Learn the following verbs and write the plural of each.
sonal pronouns he, she,
it, etc.,
The
per-
English verb, are not needed in the Latin, because the personal endings
take their place.
Of
course,
if
is
expressed
we do not
is
translated
ama-t
labo'ra-t
he
"
"
nuntia-t^"
porta-t
" "
"
announces,
is
"
"
pugna-t
31.
I. 1.
EXERCISES
The daughter
4.
loves,
2.
The
sailor
is
3.
labor, the
farmers
5.
The
girl is
announcing, the
do announce.
Puella
4.
The
2.
amat, puellae
amant.
laborant.
Nauta
nuntiat,
nautae nuntiant.
6.
Dominae amant,
domina amat.
^
The u
in nuntio is
12. 2.)
FIRST PRINCIPLES
LESSON
We
III
(Continued)
FIRST PRINCIPLES
32. Declension of Nouns.
English they
may
such that
we
are
loves
left in
doubt.
were
in Latin,
no doubt could
arise,
because the
subject and the object are distinguished, not by the order of the words,
Domina
filiam
amat
The lady loves her daughter
Amat
a. Observe that in each case the subject of the sentence ends in -a and the object in -am. T\i&form of the noun shows how it is used in the sentence, and the order of the words has no effect on the essential
meaning.
2.
As
is
called declen-
sion,
and each
produces what
is
called a case.
When
we decline
In English
tive
;
a noun,
we give
all its
we have
three cases,
nominative,
different cases, or
changes of endings.
possessive,
and objec-
and objective have the same form, and only the possessive case shows a change of ending, by adding 's
but, in nouns, the nominative
or the apostrophe.
declension,
The
who
whose 1
whom
FIRST PRINCIPLES
33.
-17
The
FIRST PRINCIPLES
LESSON IV
FIRST PRINCIPLES
35.
(Continued)
We
genitive,
sessive,
and accusative correspond, in general, to the nominative, posand objective in English, and that they are used in the same
will
way.
This
Filia agricolae
What
case
is
What
case
is
What word
In what
36.
in the
37.
Rule. Nominative Subject. The subject of a finite verb is Nominative and answers the question Who ? or What ? Rule. Accusative Object. The direct object of a transitive
in the Accusative
verb
is
and answers
the question
Whom ?
or
What?
38. Rule. Genitive of the Possessor. The word de^toting the owner or possessor of something is in the Genitive and answers the question Whose ?
FIRST PRINCIPLES
39.
19
EXERCISES
I.
Diana
2.
Latona
5.
est dea.
3.
Diana
et
Latona sunt
6.
deae.
4.
Diana
dea lunae.
Diana
est
filia
Latonae.
Latona
Ferae
Dianam amat.
9.
Diana
portat.
est 10.
dea silvarum.
8.
Diana
sa|;ittas
Diana feras
silvae
terrarum pugnant.
For the order of words imitate the Latin above.
II.
I.
The daughter
of
forests.
2.
Latona's
4.
The
6.
The
The
sailor is
announcing the
7.
girls' flight.
The
girls
8.
announce the
sailors'
wrongs.
The
40.
found
1
4. 5.
6.
2.
est
Diana?
?
3.
laborant
LESSON V
FIRST PRINCIPLES
41. The Dative Case.
(Continued)
words expressed by the nominative, genitive (possessive), and accusative (objective) cases, there are other relationships, to express
which
in English
with, by,
to,
Latin, too,
of such prepositions
but often
it
etc.,
20
FIRST PRINCIPLES
One
is
and lacking
in English
42.
When
Note. Observe that the genitive singular, the dative singular, and the nominative plural all have the same ending, -ae but the usej of the three
;
makes
a.
clear
which case
is
intended.
Form
43.
is
by the prepositions
towards, for.
These prepositions are often used in English in expressions of motion, He ran towards the horse, Columbus sailed for America. In such cases the dative is not used in Latin, as motion through space is foreign to the dative relation. But the dative is used to denote that to or towards wJiich a benefit, injury, purpose, feeling, or quality is directed, or XhsVfor which something serves or exists.
such as She went to town,
a.
What
dative relations do
you discover
in the foUoviring
The
her questions
a good example
Latin
is
all
It is
a pleasure to us to
hear him
recite.
is
Some
and others
for another.
44.
The
Indirect Object.
Nauta fugam
Here
accusative case.
however,
we wish
to
whom
flight, as,
The
fight (fugam)
2.
farmers
section, to the farmers
is
a relation cov:
we
FIRST PRINCIPLES
45.
21
indirect object of
Rule.
The
verb
a.
is in the
Dative.
The
46.
We may now
and we have
Nauta
47.
EXERCISES
and
the genitive
of the
7I. 'i.
2. Filiae
niam dant.
agricolae
8.
Galba
agricolis
6. Filiae
?
domina fabulam
narrat.
Dianam amat.
\ko.
Dea
lunae
11.
nuntiat.
exercise.
2. The girls give a The sailors tell the 4. The farmer gives
Imitate the
II.
I.
To whom do
Julia,
wreath to
daughter water.
6.
5.
The goddess
is
moon
the forest.
1
7.
Whose wreath
in
Observe that
sition to to
mark
it,
especially
English the indirect object often stands without a prepowhen it precedes the direct object.
22
FIRST PRINCIPLES
LESSON VI
FIRST PRINCIPLES
48. The Ablative Case.
{Continued)
Another
is
found
the ab'la-tive.
-a,
49.
When
ends in -a and
a.
nominative
is
of the ablative
long, as,
Nom.
b.
c.
fnia
is
Abl.
filia
Form
fuga,
50.
ablative case
is
used to express
denotes
is
or of which
2.
it is
deprived
it
starts,
done
associated or by
means of which
by.
3.
The
by
trans-
lated
a.
in or at.
What
ablative relations
do you discover
girls.
in the following
and while they are at school they study Latin with great zeal. In a short time they will be able to read with ease the books written by the Romans. By patience and perseverance all things in this world can be overcome.
their books,
51. Prepositions.
many
relations
accusative or ablative.
"
FIRST PRINCIPLES
Rule. Object preposition must be
52.
of a Preposition.
23
noun governed by a
53. Prepositions denoting the ablative rehtions from, with, in, on, are naturally followed
a.1
by the
ablative case.
Among
these are
or ab,
Sie,from,
e
I.
-^
cum, with
in, in,
on
or ex,
land,
down from
down from
the
moon.
54. Adjectives.
Puella parva
In
this
sentence parva
and bonam {good) are not nouns, but Such words are
called adjec-
to
You can tell by its ending to which noun an adjective belongs. The ending of parva shows that it belongs to puella, and the ending of bonam that it belongs to deam. Words that belong together are said to agree, and the belonging-together is called agreement. Observe that the adjective and
its
noun agree
55.
in
good goddess
its
In the
first
separated from
noun
a
predicate.
It is therefore called
a and e are used only before words beginning with a consonant ab and ex
Pick out the adjectives in the following : "
that
remember
My pretty boy,' said he, has your father a with an ax on his shoulder.' 'Yes, sir,' said I. 'You are a fine little fellow,' said he. grindstone?' " Will you let me grind my ax on it ?
'
24
bonam
and
a.
FIRST PRINCIPLES
are closely attached to the nouns puella and
deam
respectively,
are called attributive adjectives. Pick out the attributive and the predicate adjectives in the following
Do
is
Lazy
We
56.
DIALOGUE
Julia
and Galea
G. Diana,
I.
Cuius
filia,
G. Latonae
I.
filia, lulia,
?
est Diana.
Diana
sagittas portat
lulia,
silvae
magnae necat.
Quid
Cui
filia
G. Coronas pulchras
I.
filia
mea parva
?
portat.
Quis
est
cum
;
filia
tua
Estne sola
est
filia
mea parva
cum
ancilla
mea.
used
is
is
When
a person
is
called the
regularly like
In English the
name
stands
first
Point
Observe that questions answered by yes or no in English are answered by repeating the verb. Thus, if you wished to answer in Latin the question Is the sailor fighting ? Pugnatne nauta ? you would say Pugnat, he is fighting, or Non pugnat, he is not fighting.
b.
in Latin
25
LESSON
VII
over
all
the cases,
in -a.
belong to the
First Declension.
We
have
also learned
what
by each
case.
These
Case
results are
summarized
26
GENDER'
Also give them
orally.
or feminine, and
names
Yet
of things without
life
are neuter.
This
is
called
some names of things to which we refer as if they were feminine as, " Have you seen my yacht ? She is a beauty." And there are some names of living beings to which we refer as if they were neuter as, " Is the baby here ? No,
natural gender.
in English there are
; ;
it
called
grammatical gender.
of males are usually
Names
masculine and of females feminine, but names of things have grammatical gender and fnay be either masculine^ fem.inine, or neuter. Thus
we have
saxum, a
a stone ; rupes, a
cliff;
and
Lapis
is
saxum
it is
neuter.
impos-
first
is
declen-
feminine,
but nauta,
sailor,
and
62.
EXERCISES
I.
Agricola
parat.
4.
cum
Cena
filia
filia
in casa habitat.
2.
Bona
fllia
agricolae
filiam
cenam
laudat.
filiam
7. Filia
3.
bonam
5.
Deinde
agricolae gallinas ad
6.
cenam
vocat.
Gallinae
agricolae
amant.
Make
flliae
8.
Domina
pecuniam
in insula
dat.
to
magna
habitat.
1
Domina bonae
(Cf. 43.)
puellae parvae
relation expressed
which a
feeling
EXERCISES
II.
I.
27
The farmer
?
Where does
3.
2.
lives
in the
small cottage.
lives
Who
4.
(His)
little
daughter
(His) daughter
6.
is
getting (parat) a
good
The farmer
is
praises
the good
dinner.
The
What
63.
COWVERSATIOW
questions in Latin.
Answer the
1
Quis
cum
2.
Quid bona
agricolae parat
?
3. 4.
Quem
Cuius
agricola laudat
fIlia
Vocatne
agricolae gallinas ad
cenam
5
6.
filia
est grata
dominae
?
28
LESSON
64.
VIII
(Continued)
FIRST DECLENSION
We
together,
have for some time now been using adjectives and nouns and you have noticed an agreement between them in case
( 54).
and
silva
in
number
in -a.
They agree
also in gender.
in -a agreeing with
inine
noun
65.
Rule. Agreement
of
Adjectives.
their
case.
to decline
them together
as follows
ORDER OF WORDS
Singular
Norn,
Gen.
IN LATIN
29
Plural
deae bonae
dea bona
deae bonae deae bonae
dea'rum bona'nim
dea'bus bonis
Dat.
Ace.
deam bonam
dea bona
deas bonas
dea'bus bonis
Abl.
a.
In the same
way
68. Latin
Word
Order.
The order
sentences
is
Thus,
in the
My
daughter
is
getting dinner
We
can,
more
force
Try the effect of reading the sentence by putting on my, daughter, dinner, farmers.
force.
office of the
special
word
its
in the sentence is
shown by
words
is
ending
(cf.
32.
i),
and not by
is
more
can
free,
is
and position
used
to secure the
same
effect that in
English
To
a limited extent
we
words
same purpose.
Compare
the sentences
order)
/ saw a game offootball at Chicago last November (normal I saw a game offootball at Chicago At Chicago, last November, I saw a game offootbaVL
hast November
I.
is
the^fn-^y next in
Generally the
is
importance
subject
is
is
the middle.
placed last.
The
HSnce the
is
that
is,
expressed
as follows
subject
indirect object
direct object
adverb verb
Changes from the normal order are frequent, and are due to the desire for throwing emphasis upon some word or phrase. Notice the order of the
30
Ijitin
ORDER OF WORDS
IN LATIN
it
turning English into Latin. 2. Possessive pronouns and modifying genitives normally stand after their nouns. When placed before their nouns they are emphatic, as filia mea, my daughter; mea filia, my daughter; casa Galbae, Galba^s cottage
Galbae casa, Galba's cottage. Notice the variety of emphasis produced by writing the following
sentence in different ways
Filia
mea
agricolis
Mea
filia agricolis
Agricolis filia
emphatic)
it
3.
An
noun
is
follows.
its
When
Filia Filia
great emphasis
is
separated from
mea casam parvam non amat (parvam not emphatic) mea parvam casam non amat (parvam more emphatic) Parvam filia mea casam non amat (parvaiji very emphatic)
4.
5.
first,
The
is
of so
little
but
may be
placed wherever
69.
EXERCISE
these sentences
those that
viae.
2.
casa?
Non
sunt.
3.
Quia
Boni nautae
amant aquas.
6.
Ancilla
portat.
Ubi
mea.
et Itilia est in
Estne
Longa
narrat
?
agricola fabulam
novam
Filiabus
Sicilia.
novam
Latona
narrat.
9.
non lata. 8. Cui Galba dominae clarae fabulam 10. Quern laudat Latona?
filiam laudat.
31
Review
of
LESSON
nouns are divided
.IX
The
declension to which a
genitive singular.
noun belongs is shown by the ending of the This should .always be learned along with the nominative
The nominative
Nouns
-ir,
or -um.
The
-i.
in
-um
are neuter.
The
masculine.
73. Declension of nouns in -us and -um.
neuters in
-um
pilum (base
pil-), n.,
spear
32
a.
The
in -S, as domine,
masters
serve,
slave.
This
is
74. Write
side
by
dominus, and
the
pilum.
rules,
comparison of
the
forms
will
lead
to
following
all
five
declensions
a.
The
native.
That
vocative, with a single exception (see 73. b), is like the nomiis, the vocative singular is like the nominative singular, and
is
like the
nominative
plural.
The The
The
and
c.
in the plural
end in
-a.
in
-m and
dative
-i
Final
and ablative plural are always alike. and -0 are always long; final -a is short, except in the
abla-
is
good
is
a maidservant
used, as here, in the prediSimilarly a
We
have learned
when
3.
called
predicate adjective.
used
Rule.
Predicate Noun.
-*=-
33
dialogue
G. Quis,
legatus
Marce, est
pilo et
cum
tuba ?
M. Legatus,
est Sextus.
Galba,
?i
M. In oppido Sextus
cum
filiabus habitat.
G. Amantne oppidani
Sextum
G. Ubi,
anciUa
Marce,
est
tua?
Cur non
cenam parat ? M. Ancillamea, Galba, equo legati aquam et LEGATUS CUM PILO ET TUBA frumentum dat. G. Cur non servus Sexti equum domini curat ? M. Sextus et servus ad murum oppidi maturant. Oppidani beUum
parant.^
^
habitat
is
live.
Note the
lives
is
he
habitat \ he
I
living
he does live
Always choose the translation which makes the best sense. 2 Observe that the verb paro means not only to prepare but for, and governs the accusative case.
also to prepare
34
78.
Ubi
flliae
Sexti habitant?
4. 5.
Cuius equum
ancilla curat?
2.
Quem
Quid
Quis ad
mattirat
murum cum
?
Sexto
dant?
3.
ancilla
equo
legatl dat
6.
LESSON X
SECOND DECLENSION
79.
(Continued)
like bona, in
We
dominus,
neuter,
and neuters
pUum. The
adjective
:
bon-
APPOSITION
altus,
35
frumentum novum.
good
servant,
is
good
Servus Lesbiam ancillam amat, the slave loves Lesbia, the maidservant
In these sentences ancilla, ancillae, and ancillam denote the class of
persons to which Lesbia belongs and explain
that the second
to
is
who
first
she
is.
Nouns
so related
only another
name
for the
and explains
it
are said
case.
An appositive
EXERCISES
2. 3.
Populus oppidl
magni, in oppido
magno,
in
oppidis
4.
magnis.
Cum
pilTs longis,
ad
pila longa,
ad muros
latos.
Legate male,
est in Ger8.
5. 6.
Frflmentum equorum
claros.
Rhenus
Oppi-
Mali servl
equum
bona
10.
Galba agricola
et lulia filia
1 1
Marcus nauta
slave,
?
Wicked
who
your friend
is
.'
Why
2.
My
friend
from
(ex)
a village of Germany,
3.
My
^
for
5.
Mark,
little
6.
She
is
hastening
'
to the
cottage
1
See footnote
33.
Remember
^
that curat
dative.
is
transitive
and governs a
direct object.
Not the
(Cf. 43.)
36
ADJECTIVES
LESSON XI
ADJECTIVES OF THE FIRST AND SECOND DECLENSIONS
83. Adjectives of the
first
:
in
EXERCISES
2,7
38
LESSON
NOUNS IN
87.
XII
-laS
AND -lUM
and -ium end
rests
in -i in
Nouns
from
on the penult
from praesi'dium
{garrison).
names of persons in -ius, and filius, end in -i in the vocative singular, not in -6, and the accent rests on the penult; as,
88. Proper
Vergi'li,
a.
Vergil ;
fill,
son.
Observe that
in these
alike.
garrison
son
Singular
Norn.
39
sunt
silvis latis
terra. In Germania Rhenus magnus et latus fluvius Germaniae est. In Germaniae sunt ferae multae. Multi German! in oppidis
magnis
proelia
Bella
5
Germanorum
amat
sunt
et
magna et clara. Populus Germaniae bellum et saepe cum finitimis pugnat. Fluvius Rhenus est
LESSON
91. Declension of
XIII
(Continued)
-ir.
SECOND DECLENSION
Nouns
like
in
-er
and
In early Latin
-os.
all
the
became -us
in
words
entirely in
words
-r, like
ager, Jield;
and
vir,
man.
field
vir, m.,
man
Base puer-
Base agr-
Base
vir-
40
a.
ADJECTIVES IN -ER
The
vocative case of these words
is
general rule ( 74. a). b. The declension differs from that of servus only in the nominative and
vocative singular.
all the way through, while in ager it is In puer the e belongs to the base, but in ager (base agr-) it does not, and was inserted in the nominative to make it" easier to pronounce. Most words in -er are declined like ager. The genitive
c.
Note
to follow
puer or ager.
93. Masculine adjectives in -er of the second declension are declined like
nouns
in -er.
most of them
like ager.
ADJECTIVES IN -ER
96.
41
dialogue
Marce,
filius
tuus
Italia
M. Non
copiis
est,
Cornell, in Italia.
est'
Ad
fluvium
Rhenum
maturat
cum
Romanis quia
fama
Liber
novi
belli
cum Germanis.
non amat.
C. Estne
filius
tuus copiarum
?
Romanarum
apud
C.
legatus
M. Legatus non
legionarios.
est,
sed est
filium C. Amatne legatus tuum? M. Amat, et saepe filio meo praemia pulchra et praedam
LEGIONARIUS
est finitima
Rheno,
fluvio
magno
before
its
subject, there
is ;
^ Quae, what kind of, so sunt, there are. ^ What are the three possible trans-
42
LESSON XIV
THE POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVE PRONOUNS
97. Observe the sentences
sentence
my
is
a possessive adjective
it
in the second
mine
is
to this shield is
my
shield.
98.
The
etc.
meum
my, mine
your, yours
his (own), her (own), its (own)
2d Pers.
3d Pers.
tuum suum
Plural
our, ours
2d Pers.
vester, vestra,
vestrum
your, yours
their (own), theirs
fill,
3d Pers.
O
viy son.
a.
suus, sua,
suum
The
name
number, and
Compare
,,.
.
the English
and Latin
"I
in
Sextus
r Julia
,.
is callins: his
,
boy
IS
Sextus ,-,
lulia
^
J
suum puerum
is
vocat
to
when
to
more
Lesbia,
Girls,
Coronae tuae, Lesbia, sunt pulchrae Coronae yestrae, puellae, sunt pulchrae
EXERCISES
c.
43
Suus
subject.
slaves.
is a reflexive possessive, that is, it always refers back to the Thus, Vir suos servos vocat means The man calls his (own) Here his (suos) refers to man (vir), and could not refer to any
one
d.
else.
much
less frequently
without them. (Cf. 22. a.) This -um, which, when inserted, is more or less
is clear
etc.
99.
EXERCISES
Marcus amico Sexto consilium suum nuntiat. 2. Est copia 3. Amici mei bonam cenam ancillae vestrae laudant. 4. Tua lorica, mi fill, est dura. 5. Scuta nostra et tela, mi amice, in castrls Romanis sunt. 6. Suntne viri patriae tuae llberi ?
I. 1.
Sunt.
7.
8.
Mea
galea, Sexte,
est in casa
mea.
9.
Pilum longum
est
amat
1
et galllnae
13.
Amid
I.
cibum
II.
Our
My
son Sextus
girls are
is
Roman
is
camp.^
3.
Your good
'
giving
and wretched.^
son,
4.
There are
My
where
The camp
is
Not the
dative.
^
Why
Here the
like nouns.
Where
Cf.
I.
2 above.
AGRICOLA ARAT
44
LESSON XV
THE ABLATIVE DENOTING WITH
100.
there
is
Of
the various relations denoted by the ablative case ( 50) none more important than that expressed in English by the
preposition with.
This
little
word
is
not so simple as
is it
it
looks.
It
does
always to be translated
by cum.
This
a.
b.
c.
will
become
feeble
clear
Mark
Diana
Julia
is
kills
is
d.
The men
a,
a.
In sentence
ness.
This idea
is
with want {offood) gives the cause of Mark's feebleexpressed in Latin by the ablative without a preposition,
is
Marcus
b.
In sentence
the beasts.
kills
b, with (or by) her arrows tells by means of what Diana This idea is expressed in Latin by the ablative without a is
preposition,
means
c.
In sentence c
we
is
Sextus.
tion
This idea
are told that Julia is not alone, but in company with expressed in Latin by the ablative with the preposiis
accompaniment
'
cum Sexto
d. In sentence d we are told how the men fight. The idea is one of manner. This is expressed in Latin by the ablative with cum, unless there is a modifying adjective present, in which case cum may be omitted. This
construction
is
manner
Viri
101.
You
are
now
denoting
iSith
45
Rule.
Ablative of Cause.
Cause
is
without a preposition.
of what ?
103.
tive
Rule.
Ablative of Means.
Means
is
without a preposition.
zvhat ?
By means
of what f With
N.B.
means.
Cum must
Rule.
?
104.
Ablative
of
Accompaniment.
Accompaniment
is
With
to
whom
105.
Rule.
Ablative of Manner.
action.
is
used
denote the
manner of an
Cum may
be omitted, if an
How f
106.
In what m,anner ?
What
The
soldiers
marched
The
inhabitants, terrified
by the
din,
attempted to cross the river with their wives and children, but the stream was swollen with [or by) the rain. Because of this many were swept away
fatigue,
with great
107.
EXERCISES
bellum parant.
Ex
magno
cum
legionariis ex Italia
ad Rhenum,
Inopia
bonorum
loricis,
galeis,
46
II.
I.
diligence.
sturdy farmers of Italy labor in the fields with great Sextus, the lieutenant, and (his) son Mark are fighting
3.
is
The Roman
5.
legionaries are
?
Where
Lesbia
with
my
Many
bad water
6.
LESSON XVI
THE NINE IKREGULAR ADJECTIVES
108. There are nine irregular adjectives of the
first
and second
genders
Masc.
Fem.
-lUS
-i
Neut.
-lUS
-i
Gen.
-ius
-i
Dat.
-um.
Learn the
list
47
The
genitive
Note the
alius is rare.
Instead of
b. These peculiar case endings are found also in the declension of pronouns (see 114). For this reason these adjectives are sometimes called the pronominal adjectives.
-erum
. .
alter, -era,
-erum,
M
.
(7
one
.
another
(of
any number)
-a
some
others
EXAMPLES
Alterum oppldum est magnum, alterum parvimi, the one town is small (of two towns). 2. Aliud oppidum est validum, aliud infirmum, one town is strong, another weak (of towns in general).
1.
3.
others shields.
111.
I.
EXERCISES
In utra casa
est liilia?
iQlia est in neutra casa.
3.
2.
I.
Null!
aquam,
alii
terram amant.
Galba'iinus {or
in
8.
solus)
7.
cum
parat.
studio
laborat.
6.
agro
meo
Lesbia sola
10. Lesbia
cenam
nuUl
alii
viro
Note. The pronominal adjectives, as you observe, regularly stand before and not after their nouns.
II.
I.
The men
4.
of
all
Germany
2.
Some
fort.
small.
One boy
likes chickens,
is
in
our
Our whole village is suffering for The people are already hastening to the Romans (there) is no lack of grain.
weak
Among
48
THE DEMONSTRATIVE
IS,
EA, ID
LESSON XVII
THE DEMONSTRATIVE
112.
IS,
EA,
A demonstrative
hear
these
?
Do you
a word that points out an object definitely, Sometimes these words are pronouns, as, and sometimes adjectives, as. Do you hear these
is
meni In
in the latter
demonstrative adjectives.
and as
adjectives.
is
is,
ea,
feminine
id,
neuter
these
Singular
f"
_ Plural
.
\ that
114. Is
is
\
l_
those
declined as follows.
Compare
e-
its
of alius, log.
Base
IS
49
of
it
Nom.
Gen.
is,
he J ea, she;
or
z'/j
id, it
eius,
of him or his j
or for
eius,
of her.,
Sing.
/Pa/.
ei,
/(?
him y
ei, /o
or for her y
ei, /o
or for
it
Ace.
^(5/.
wzM, from,
with, from,
ii,
etc.,
^zzy ea,
wzM,
yr<7z, etc.,
her;
eo,
etc., zV
'
yV(7/.
ei or
Gen.
Plur.
-
Dat.
Ace.
them
etc.,
them
with, from,
Abl.
them
c)
is.
We
his,
a reflexive possessive.
When
ea,
her (poss.),
its,
their,
its
do by
we
is,
id
and
by the genitive
plural,
and earum
EXAMPLES
Galba calls his (own) son, Galba suum f ilium vocat Galba calls his son (not his own, but another's), Galba Julia calls her (own) children, Mlia suos itberos vocat Julia calls her children (not her own, but another's),
vocat
eius filium vocat
The men praise their (own) boys, virl suos pueros laudant The men praise their boys (not their own, but Others'), viri eorum pueros
laudant
117.
EXERCISES
He
it,
them.
2.
This
these
teachers, garrison,
women, that abode, these abodes. 3. That strong among those weak and sick women, that want of firmness,
thpse
other
The
is
woman
is
5.
Another
praises
woman
her own).
6.
The Gaul
50
his
8.
EXERCISES
arms
{his.
own).
7.
The Gaul
praises his
fields.
9.
10.
Those wretched
Free
men
love their
own
father-
They
love
its
villages
and towns.
118.
dialogue 1
M. Quis est vir, Cornell, cum puero parvo ? Estne Romanus et liber ? C. Romanus non est, Marce. Is vir est servus et eius domicilium
est in silvls Galliae.
M. Estne puer
C. Neutrlus
an
alterius
filius est
puer.
M. Quo puer cum eo servo -properat ? C. Is cum servo properat ad latos Sexti agros.^ Totum frumentum est iam maturum et magnus servorum numerus in Italiae ^ agrls laborat. M. Agricolaene sunt Galli et patriae suae agros arant ?
C.
Non
eos
agricolae sunt.
viri
Bellum amant
Galli,
non
agri culturam.
Apud
pugnant
et
parantque cibum.
M. Magister noster
eorum
et
cum
lacri-
CONJUGATION
LESSON
XVIII
CONJUGATION
The
In
English the verb has but few changes in form, the different meanings
auxiliaries, as,
I am
carried,
we have
have
carried, etc.
In Latin,
on the other hand, instead of using personal pronouns and auxiliary verbs, the form changes with the meaning. In this way the Romans
expressed differences in
120. The Tenses.
ent times are called
present, past,
1.
te7ise,
mood,
voice,
The
its
:
different
tenses.
The
and future
is,
The
present, that
what
is
happening
is
"1
ex- I
J l
The
or
past, that
to
is,
used
I
J
^
^jjjj
Imperfect, Perfect,
had happened,
future, that
is
is,
Pluperfect Tenses
expressed by
is
3.
The
what
going
to
hap-
\
J
pen,
expressed by
Verbs have
inflection of
manner
in
action.
in English.
The
person
is
52
{he sings).
CONJUGATION
Instead of using personal pronouns for the different persons in the two numbers, singular and plural, the Latin verb uses the
personal endings
(cf.
22 a
29).
We
-t is
the ending of the third person singular in the active voice and -nt of
the third person plural.
active voice
is
The complete
as follows
Singular
1st Pers.
Plural
I
thou or you
he, she, it
-m
-s
-t
or -o
2d Pers. J d Pers.
123.
we you
they
-mus
-tis
-nt
their
and are
moods and tenses after a regular plan Verbs that depart- from this plan are
in
called irregular.
The verb
to be is irregular
Latin as in English.
indicative
The
present,
imperfect,
are
inflected as follows
EXERCISES
124.
53
DIALOGUE
Ubi
es,
Marce
puerl.
Ubi
est
Qumtus
Ubi
estis,
amici
M.
Cum
Non
soli
sumus
sunt in
silva multl
alii
S. Nunc laetus es, sed nuper non laetus eras. Cur miser eras ? M. Miser eram quia amici mei erant in alio vico et eram solus. Nunc sum apud socios meos. Nunc laeti sumus et erimus. S.
in liido,
?
quod magister
erat aeger.
Eritisne
mox
in lUdo
M. Amici mei ibi erunt, sed ego (/) non ero. 5. CQr non ibi eris ? Magister, saepe iratus, inopiam tuam
diligentiaeque
studi
non
laudat.
et
EXERCISE
are,
You
and J>lur.).
4.
2. I
am,
He
is,
he was, he
will be.
We
sick.
are,
we
were,
we
shall be.
6.
5.
They
are, they
Why
in school to-day?
was
7.
Lately he
8.
was a
I
sailor,
now he
is
a farmer, soon he
will 9.
be a teacher.
To-day
am
happy, but
lately I
was wretched.
The
teachers were
happy
54
LESSON XIX
THE FOUR REGULAR CONJUGATIONS PRESENT ACTIVE INDICATIVE OF AMO AND MONEO
126. There are four conjugations of the regular verbs. These conjugations are distinguished from each other by the final vowel of the
present conjugation-stem.^
vowel,
This vowel
is
called the
distinguishing
and
is
is
Below
Conjugation
I.
Pres. t Infin.
t.
c Pres. Stem
t>
vowel
a
e
e
i
ama're, to love
mone're, to advise
re'gere, to rule
II.
amamonerege-
III.
IV.
a.
-re,
audi're, to
hear
audiis
Note
found by dropping
sum
is
esse,
and
From
The
future tenses.
128.
inflection of the
first
ama-
Stem mone-
^endings^
-o
-s
I love
mo'-ato,
I advise
you advise
it)
mo'nes,
3-
mo'net, he {she,
advises
-t
ama'mus, we love
2. ii. 3.
1
mone'mus, we advise
mone'tis,
-mus
-tis
ama'tis,
you
love
you advise
-nt
the body of a word to which the terminations are attached. with the base (cf. 58). If, however, the stem ends in a vowel, the latter does not appear in the base, but is variously combined with the inflectiontl terminations. This point is further explained in 230.
The
stem
It is often identical
55
by adding the personal endings to the -o and not -m. The form amo is for ama-6, the two vowels a-6 contracting to o. In moneo there is no contraction. Nearly all regular verbs ending in -ea belong to the second conjugation. 2. Note that the long final vowel of the stem is shortened before another vowel (mone-o = mo'n6o), and before final -t (amat, monet) and -nt
present tense
is
The
inflected
its first
person uses
(amSnt, monent).
Compare
12. 2.
129. Like
inflect the
following verbs
Indicative Present
Infinitive Present
ara're, to
I plow cii'ro, I care for *ae1eo, / destroy desi'dero, I longfor t do,2 1 give *ha'beo, / have ha'bito, / live, I dwell
a'ro,
plow
care for
ciira're, to
dele're, to destroy
desidera're, to
long for
da 're,
to
give
habe're, to
have
dwell
order
habita're, to live, to
iube're, to
*iu'beo,
labo'ro,
/ order
I labor I praise matii'ro, / hasten *mo'Yeo, / move nar'ro, / tell ne'co, / kill nun'tio, / announce pa'ro, I prepare
lau'do,
por'to,
labora're, to labor
lauda're, to praise
matiira're, to hasten
move're, to
move
narra're, to tell
neca're, to kill
nuntia're, to
announce
para're, to prepare
porta're, to carry
I carry
propera're, to hasten
pugna're, to fight
vide're, to see
voca're, to call
ways
We may
I live,
I am
all
I do
live.
1 The only new verbs in this list are the five of the second conjugation ^ Observe that in do, dSre, the a which are starred. Learn their meanings. is short, and that the present stem is dS- and not da-. The only forms of do that have a long are das (pres. indie.), da (pres. imv.), and dans (pres. part.).
56
131.
person, and
2
.
number
of each form.
3.
Vocamus,
6.
properatis, iubent.
4.
De-
letis,
habetis, dant.
5. lubet,
mo-
vent, necat.
Narramus,
moves,
vident.
7.
Laboratis, properant,
portas, parant.
8. Delet, habetis,
iubemus, das.
in trans-
N.B. Observe that the personal ending is of prime importance Give that your first attention.
We
plow,
for,
we
4.
are plowing,
they do care
for.
you do have
5.
is
(sing?).
We
7.
He
calls,
they see,
we
are telling.
We
do
fight,
kill,
we
order, he
moving, he prepares.
They
are laboring,
we
you announce.
LESSON XX
IMPERFECT ACTIVE INDICATIVE OF AMO AND MONEO
132. Tense Signs.
verb stem certain elements that have the force of auxiliary verbs.
These are
The
tense sign
-ba-,
which
is
added
The
Present Stem
Tense Sign
ba-
personal ending
amaloving
m
I
was
is
The
inflection
as follows
I
Conjugation
1.
Conjugation SINGULAR
mone'ha.m,
II
PERSONAL ENDINGS
-in.
ama'ba.m,
/ Tvas
loving
2. 3.
-s
-t
'
57
PERSONAL ENDINGS
2. 3.
amaba'mus, we were loving amaba'tis, you were loving ama'bant, they were loving
a.
moneba'mus, we were advising -mus moneba'tis, you were advising -tis mone'bant, they were advising -nt
-bais
before
Note that the a of the tense sign m and t when final. (Cf. 12. 2.)
inflect the
In a similar manner
verbs given in
129.
The
/ was
walking^.
used
135.
I. I.
EXERCISES
Videbamus, desiderabat, maturabas.
3. 2. Dabant',
4.
vocabatis,
delebamus.
batis,
lubebant, propera6.
portabamus.
Videbant,
movebas, nuntiabamus.
II.
I.
7.
{sing, and plur.), we were killing, they was moving, we were ordering, we were fighting. 3. We were telling, they were seeing, he was calling. 4. They were living, I was longing for, we were destroying. 5. You were giving, you were moving, you were announcing, (sing, and plur.y 6. They were caring for, he was plowing, we were praising.
were laboring.
He
136.
erat
superba.
magno
filias.
liberorum numero."^
Nam
habebat^ septem
'
filios
et
septem
Sed
causa magnae
tristitiae et liberis
Note. The words Niobe, Thebanorum, and mariti will be found in the general Translate the selection without looking up any other words.
Ablative of cause.
8 ^
Translate had;
it
(See
134.)
Dative,
cf.
43.
. .
58
LESSON XXI
FUTURE ACTIVE INDICATIVE OF AMO AND MONEO
137.
The
first
and second
conjugations
This
is
Tense Sign
bi-
personal ending
s
will
you
is
138.
The Future
I
Active Indicative
inflected as follows
Conjugation
1
Conjugation
SINGULAR
mone'bo,
mone'bis,
II
ama'bo,
ama'bis,
/ shall love
you will
love
/ shall advise
you will advise
2.
3.
PLURAL
1
ama'bimus,
we
shall love
2. 3.
^m^'\i\\x&, you
will love
a.
first
The
The ending
-bi-
-bo in the
person singular
The
appears as -bu- in
Pay
In a similar manner
139.
I. I.
EXERCISES
Movebitis, laudabis,
arabo.
2.
Delebitis,
vocabitis,
dabunt.
3.
4. 6.
5.
7.
Laborabitis,
8.
Nuntiabo, porta-
bimus, iubebo.
II.
I.
We
wiil
shall
announce,
we
2. I
shall
will
carry,
he
You
will
announce, you
59 we
7.
{sing,
and plur.).
5.
4.
We
shall fight,
shall
He
will call,
will tell
will labor,
They will dwell, we shall order, he will praise. we shall kill, you will have {sing, and plur?)^ he will
Ni'oBE AND HER CHILDREN {Concluded')
They
destroy.
140.
liberi
Latonae.
lis
Id superbae
liberis
sacra
Duos
liberos
habet Latona
sacra
"
Latona
lis
verbis
Ad
suis miseros
liberos
Niobe,
nuper
laeta,
apud
decim.
liberos interfectos et
cum
Note. Consult the general vocabulary for Apollo, inquit, duos, and quattuorTry to remember the meaning of all the other words.
LESSON XXII
REVIEW OF VERBS
in writing, of
We
learned in
43 for what sort of expressions we may 44 that one of its commonest uses is with
It is also
very
common
with
the adjective
is
directed.
We
1 Observe the force of the imperfect here, used to frepare, were in the habit ^ Ablapreparing; so amabant denotes a past situation of affairs. (See 134.) of ^ This may be either manner or ac^ Ablative of means. tive of cause. companiment. It is often impossible to draw a sharp line between means, manner, and accompaniment. The Romans themselves drew no sharp distinc-
tion.
It
if
demanded the
ablative case.
6o
was so followed by a
to,
dative
and
in the
we had
molestus, annoying
The
usage
may be more
Rule.
143.
The dative
ineaning
is
used with
Such
also
fit,
and
their opposites.
144.
Among
amicus,
troublesome
(to)
proximus,
(to)
-a,
able
(to)
145.
EXERCISES
I. I. Roman! terram idoneam agri culturae habent. 2. Galli copiis Romanis inimici erant. 3. Cui dea Latona arnica non erat? 4. Dea
erat.
5.
erit
Quid
erat
molestum populis
7. Bella
longa
fluvio
cum Gallis erant molesta populis Italiae. 8. Agri Germanorum Rheno finitimi erant. 9. Roman! ad silvam oppido proximam castra movebant. 10. Non solum forma sed etiam superbia reginae
erat
magna.
11.
Mox
regina pulchra
laeta
?
erit
aegra
tristitia.
12. Ciir
filiis
Thebanorum,
queen.
to
2.
The sacrifices of the people will be annoying to the haughty The sacrifices were pleasing not only to Latona but also
3.
Diana.
Diana
will
4.
The
camp.
will
move
suitable for a
to
of the allies
were friendly
not
tlie
to the
Romans, others
the Gauls.
Why
dative
Apud
Filii
filia,
erat
'
maxime
Ii
clara.
Gracchus
et
Gaius Gracchus.
pueri
cum
Roma, claro Italiae oppido, habitabant. Ibi eos curabat Cornelia et ibi magno cum studio eos docebat. Bona femina erat Cornelia et bonam disciplinam maxime amabat.
Cornelia in oppido
LESSON XXIII
PRESENT ACTIVE INDICATIVE OF REGO AND AUDIO
147.
As we
jugation ends in
in
-i.
The
inflection of the
Present Indicative
Conjugation
Pres.
Conjugation IV
au'dio, audi're (hear)
Stem reg6SINGULAR
1.
2.
au'dio, au'dis,
au'dit,
/ hear
you hear
he
(she, if)
3.
he
hears
PLURAL
1
2.
3.
audl'mus,
audi'tis,
we hear
hear
you hear
au'diunt, they
final short -e- of the stem rege- combines with the -0 in the first person, becomes -u- in the third person plural, and becomes -i- elsewhere. The inflection is like that of ero, the future of sum.
2.
The The
Observe that
all
or describe a jStatfiaOLa^i^-
"
62
3. In audio the personal endings are added regularly to the stem audi-. In the third person plural -u- is inserted between the stem and the personal
ending, as audi-u-nt.
before final
Note
is
shortened
-t just as in
-i- is
12.
2.)
Note
that
fourth, excepting
always short in the third conjugation and long in the where long vowels are regularly shortened. (Cf. 12. 1,2.)
148. Like rego and audio infiect the present active indicative of
the following verbs
Ini>icative Present
Infinitive Present
agere, to drive
dicere, to
/ drive dico, / say diico, / lead mitto, / send miiiiio, Ifortify reperio, Ifind venio, / come
ago,
say
ducere, to lead
mittere, to
send
munire, to fortify
reperire, to find
venire, to
come
149.
I.
EXERCISES
Quis agit? Ctir venit? Quern mittit? Quern
?
I.
duels.'
3.
2.
Quid
?
mittunt
Ad quem veniunt
Quid puer
5.
Quem
agunt
Venlmus.
citis?
reperit
4.
Quem
mittimus
Quid dicunt?
7.
I.
Munimus,
dicis.
venitis, dicit.
8. Agitis,
6.
Agimus,
reperitis,
munis.
II.
Reperls, ducitis,
audimus, regimus.
What do they find? Whom do they hear? Why does he Whose camp are we fortifying? To whom does he say? What are we saying? 3. I am driving, you are leading, they are hearing. 4. You send, he says, you fortify {sing, and plur.). 5. I am coming, we find, they send. 6. They lead, you drive, he does fortify. 7. You lead, you find, you rule, (all plur.).
come?
2.
150.
Proximum domicilio Corneliae erat pulchrae Campanae domicilium. Campana erat superba non solum forma sua sed maxime ornamentis
suTs.
"'
Habesne
tu
ea,
63
filios
"
Deinde Cornelia
suos
Tiberium
Gaium
vocat.
mea ornamenta.
maxime
tu.
clara."
Note. The only new words here are Campana, semper, and
"
LESSON XXIV
IMPERFECT ACTIVE INDICATIVE OF REGO AND AUDIO DATIVE WITH SPECIAL INTRANSITIVE VERBS
151.
*
THE
PARADIGMS
Conjugation IV
SINGULAR
audie'bam,
audie'bas,
audie'bat,
Conjugation III
1
rege'bam,
rege'bas,
rege'bat,
2.
3.
1.
regeba'mus,
regehSi't^,
2.
3.
audieba'mus,
aMdieha'tis, you
64
1.
tense sign is -ba-, as in the first two conjugations. Observe that the final -e- of the stem is lengthened before the tense sign -ba-. This_ makes the imperfect of th e thir d conju g ation just like the irgperfect of the sec ond_{cf monebam and regebam). 3. In the fourth conjugation -e- is Inserted between the stem and the
2.
.
152.
I. I.
EXERCISES
Agebat, veniebat, mittebat, ducebant.
3.
2.
Agebant, mittebant,
4.
dQcebas, muniebant.
Mittebamus,
5.
diicebatis, dicebant.
Munie-
bamus,
6.
veniebatis,
dicebas.
Mittebas,
7.
veniebamus,
reperiebat.
Agebamus,
reperiebatis, muni-
ebat.
II.
They were leading, you were driving {sing, and plur.), he 2. They were sending, we were finding, I was coming. 3. You were sending, you were fortifying, (sing, and plur!), he was saying. 4. They were hearing, you were leading (sing, and plur.), I was driving. 5. We were saying, he was sending, I was fortifying. 6. They were coming, he was hearing, I was finding. 7. You were ruling (sing, and plur.), we were coming, they were ruling.
was
fortifying.
We
learned
above ( 20. a) that a verb which does not admit of a direct object is called an intransitive verb. Many such verbs, however, are of
such meaning that they can govern an indirect object, which
of course, be in the dative case ( 45).
intransitive
will,
list
of
meanings.
indirect object
is
the person to
whom
directed.
(Cf. 43.)
credo, credere, believe (give belief to)
faveo, favere,
pareo, parere, obey (give obedience to) persuadeo, persuadere, persuade (offer persuasion to)
resists, resistere, resist (offer resistance to)
. .
65
the
Rule.
The dative of
155.
I
.
EXERCISE
? Multi verbis eorum non credunt. non favebunt, quod bello student. 3. Tibedurae non resistebant et Corneliae parebant.
2.
Mei
rius et
4.
Gaius disciplinae
erat inimica
Dea
septem
filiabus reglnae.
6.
petua
tristitia
nunc
resistit
potentiae Latonae.
Mox
miseris nocebunt.
LESSON XXV
FUTURE ACTIVE INDICATIVE OF SEGO AND AUDIO
156. In the future tense of the third and fourth conjugations
we
and
-e-
sign.
Instead of using
first
-bi-,
as in the
first
we
stem
is
dropped before
the stem
is
final -i- of
retained.^
157.
PARADIGMS
Conjugation
1
III
Conjugation IV
SINGULAR
au'diam,
au'dies,
au'diet,
re'gam,
re'ges, re'get,
/ shall rule
rule
/ shall hear
he will hear
2.
you will
3.
he will rule
PLURAL
1
rege'mus,
rege'tis,
we
shall rule
rule
audie'mus,
audie'tis,
2. 3.
1
you will
The
-a- is
shortened before -m
2
and
-e-
before
-t final
and before
xhe
-5- is,
66
1
the present of
person singular.
verbs given in 148.
inflect the
158.
I.
EXERCISES
Dicet,
ducetis,
I.
muniemus.
2.
Dicent,
dicetis,
mittemus.
3.
5.
4.
agemus.
6.
Au-
8. Reperiet,
agam, dOcemus,
come.
mittet.
9. Vide-
sedebo, vocabimus.
II.
I.I
shall find,
he
will hear,
they
will
2.
I shall fortify,
he
will send,
4.
we
shall say.
3. I shall drive,
fortify, {sing,
you
will lead,
they
will
hear.
You
will send,
you win
and plur.), he
will say.
5. I shall 6.
come,
we
shall find,
they
I
will send.
^
7.
Whose
friends do
weapons?
They
will
Who will resist our Sextus will resist your weapons. 9. Who will persuade him? persuade him. 10. Why were you injuring my horse? I
favor our friends.
11. 12.
We
was not injuring your horse. A good slave obeys his master.
battle.
Whom
LESSON XXVI
VERBS IN
-70
common
verbs ending in
-io
infer,
but to the
is
The
shown by
the
ending of the
infinitive.
Compare
Rememl}pr that
it is
number.
Express by
ego,
because
emphatic.
67
The
present, imperfect,
and future
Pres.
Stem cape-
Present
Imperfect
Future
68
2.
forms
3-
facio,
irregular
plural, of venio,
162.
I. I.
EXERCISES
Fugient, faciunt, iaciebat.
facietis.
6.
2.
3.
Ve-
nite,
die,
4. Dflcite,
iaciam,
Fac, iaciebamus,
iacient, rapies.
fugimus, rapite.
8.
Fugiemus,
et
da auxilium.
Ego
tela
mea capiam
et
puerl, et audita
II.
2.
I.
The goddess
4.
will hurl
her weapons.
will
destroy
will fly to
many beasts. 3. She will give many lands and the beasts will
LESSON XXVII
THE PASSIVE VOICE
163.
voice
;
INDICATIVE OF
The Voices. Thus
that
is,
action; as,
the hunter
verb
is
be
when
it
represents
its
sub-
ject as receiving
an action
lion -e
as.
The
Note the
1
was
killed
-c
by
(Cf.
the hunter
Plural.
An
99.
II. 3.)
Imperative.
The
as in English.
PASSIVE INDICATIVE OF
164. Passive Personal Endings.
different set of personal endings.
1.
69
They
-r,
/
you
Plur.
a
-mur,
-mini,
we
you
Sing.
2. 3.
-ris, -re,
2.
[ 3.
-ntur, they
in
all
a.
endings.
Observe that the letter -r appears somewhere This is sometimes called the passive sign.
165.
PARADIGMS
amo, amare Pres. Stem amamoneo, monere
Pres. Stem mone-
Present Indicative
a'mor,
Sing.
,
PERSONAL ENDINGS
I am
loved
Tno'nsor,
I am
advised
-or^
-ris
ama'ris or ama're,
you are
mone'risormone're,_)'(?
or
-re
loved
ama'tur, he is loved
are advised
mone'tur, he
is
advised
-tur
-mur
-mini
Plur.
-ntur
vised
-ba-)
/ was
being loved
mone'bar, /
was
advised
amaba'ris or amaba're,
Sing.
you
-ris
or -re
he was being
was
be-
-tur
loved
'
ing advised
Plur.
ing loved
amaban'tur, they were be-
ing loved
1
moneba'mur, we were being advised moneba'mini, you were being advised moneban'tur, they were being advised
first
-mur
-mini
-ntur
person singular
is -or.
EXERCISES
Future (Tense Sign
ama'bor,
-bi-)
PERSONAL ENDINGS
-r
/ shall
be loved
vised
ama'beris or ama'bere,
Sing.
you
mone'beris or mone'bere,
will be loved
ama'bitur, he will be loved
you will
be ad-
-ris
or
-re
vised
mone'bitur, he will be
-tur
advised
'
ama'bimur, we shall be
loved
mone'hitnMr,
we shall be
-mur
-mini
advised
monebi'mini, you will
be advised
Plur.
-ntur
loved
The
active.
2.
first
person,
and future
indicative,
number, and as -bu- in the third person plural. moveo, deleo, iubeo, in the present, imperfect, active and passive.
I hasten;
habito,
I dwell,
167.
I.
I.
EXERCISES
Laudaris
3.
<7r
2.
mini, videtis.
Vocabat, vocabatur,
delebitis,
5.
Para-
curaris or curare.
6.
Portabantur, portabant,
videbimur, videbimus.
bare, laudabas.
8.
7
.
We
prepare,
we
call,
it
see, I
am
seen,
was being announced, he was announcing, they will order, they will be ordered. 3. You will be killed, you will kill, you move, you are moved, we^re praising, we are being praised. 4. I am called, I call.
EXERCISES
you
will have,
71
are seen, they see,
for.
They
will
we were
teaching,
we were
move, they
will
be moved.
PERSEUS
ANDROMEDAM SERVAT
168.
lovis,^
Ei favent
armatus
et alls fretus
maximi ^ deorum. De eo multas fabulas magica arma et alas dant. Eis telis ad multas terras volabat et monstra saeva deledei, ei
lovis,
1.
below,
4,
^ Used substantively, the greatest. the genitive of luppiter. miseris and infirmis are used substantively.
So
72
PASSIVE INDICATIVE OF
monstrum
et
saevum ad Aethiopiam.
multos
et
Ibi
pulchrisque
oppida muris
muniebat.
Turn Cepheus magna tristitia comet ita dicit "Amici mei necantur
:
mei vastantur.
luppiter.
Da
miseris auxi-
lium.
ex patria."
LESSON XXVIII
PRESENT, IMPERFECT, AND FUTURE INDICATIVE PASSIVE OF BEGO AND AUDIO
169. Review the present, imperfect, and future indicative active of rego and audio, and learn the passive of the
a.
491).
Observe that the tense signs of the imperfect and future are the same and that the passive personal endings ( 164) are
added instead of the active ones. b. Note the slight irregularity in the second person singular present of the third conjugation. There the final -e- of the stem is not changed to -i-, as it is in the active. We therefore have re'geris or re'gere, not re'giris, re'gire. c. Inflect ago, dico, duco, munio, reperio, in the present, imperfect, and future indicative, active and passive".
170.
I. I.
EXERCISES
Agebat, agebatur, mittebat, mittebatur, ducebat.
3. Mittor, mittar,
2.
Agunt,
mittam, du-
ducere.
4.
Ducitur,
ducimini,
reperlris,
agitur.
6.
Agebamus,
agebamur,
1
8
reperiemini.
Pronounce
present
The
order to
make
2 gi, at him, dative with iratus. two syllables, Cepheus. often used, as in English, in speaking of a past action, in the story more vivid and exciting.
in
is
7)
agebamini.
9. Dicitur,
II.
was
driving,
we were
leading,
we were
you
will
being
find,
he says,
will
it is
said.
2. I shall
you
be found, they
am
found,
4.
we
are led, they are driven, you were being led {sing,
shall drive,
and plur.).
led,
We
we
shall
be driven, he
5.
leads,
he
is
being
they will be
fortified.
They were
sent,
ruling, they
you
will send,
led,
you
he
will will
be
you are
sent, (sing,
(sing,
was being
171.
He
Tum
oraculum
ita
respondet
"
Mala
et
Neptunus,
magnus aquarum
Sed para
irato
monstrum saevum ex patria Da eam monstro. Serva caram patriam et vitam populi tui." Andromeda autem erat puella pulchra. Eam amabat Cepheus maxime.
deo sacrum idoneum
filia
tua agetur.
Andromeda
LESSON XXIX
PRESENT, IMPERFECT, AND FUTURE INDICATIVE PASSIVE OF -16 VERBS PRESENT PASSIVE INFINITIVE AND IMPERATIVE
172. Review the active voice of capio, present, imperfect, and
future,
a.
( 492).
The
and the
b.
regor.
In like manner
and
tapio.
173.
The
Infinitive.
The
infinitive
mood
;
number
as,
amare,
to love.
Infinitive
means
unlimited.
The forms
: :
74
174.
as follows
CoNj.
I.
Pres.
Stem
Pres. Infinitive
Pres. Infinitive
Active
ama're, to love
Passive
ama'ri, to be loved
II.
amamonerege-
mone're, to advise
re'gere, to rule
mone'ri, to be advised
re'gi, to be
III.
ruled
taken
cape-
ca'pere, to take
audi're, to
ca'pi, to be
IV.
audi-
hear
audi'ri, to be
heard
-re to the
1.
Observe that
to
active infinitive
we add
passive.
present stem.
u.
2.
The
present infinitive of
sum
is
esse.
There
is
no
Observe that the present passive infinitive is formed from the active by changing final -e to -i, except in the third conjugation, which changes final
-ere to
3.
-i.
Give the active and passive present infinitives of doceo, sedeo, euro, mitto, duc5, munio, reperio, iacio, rapio.
175.
volo,
The forms
as follows
Active 1
conj. sing.
I.
Passive
sing.
plur.
plur.
'
a'ma
re'ge
ama'te
ama'mini, be ye loved
regi'mini, be ye ruled
II.
mo'ne mone'te
re'gite
III.
ca'pe
ca'pite
ca'pere, be
audi're, be
capi'mini, be ye taken
IV.
au'di
audi'te
audi'mini, be ye heard
perative
Observe that the second person singular of the present passive imis like the present active infinitive, and that both singular and plural are like the second person singular ^ and plural, respectively, of the
1.
in
^ That For the sake of comparison the active is repeated from i6i. using the personal ending -re. A form like amare may be either indicative, infinitive, or operative.
1
is,
75
EXERCISES
Turn Perseus
alis
ad terras multas
volabit.
2.
Monstrum
3. Si
4.
sae-
vum
telis
mox
autem
Quis
respondebit.
eius
Multa monstra
telis
superabuntur.
5.
Cum
magnis
ex domiciliis carTs
aguntur.
7.
Monstrum
?
verbis oraculi?
Ego
lis
oraculo
Verba
oraculi
tamen superabitur. 8. Credesne semper non semper credam. g.'Parebitne Cepheus ei persuadebunt. 10. Si non fugiemus, oppi11.
dum
II.
Vocate pueros
et narrate
for,
be ye
3.
2.
To
5.
lead,
to
to
be
led,
be ye
4.
To
be hurled, to
fly,
be found.
To be
sent,
be ye
led, to hurl, to
be taken.
LESSON XXX
SYNOPSES IN THE FOUR CONJUGATIONS DENOTING FROM
177.
THE ABLATIVE
You
Conjugation
Conjugation
Indicative
II
ACTIVE
Pres.
PASSIVE
ACTIVE
PASSIVE
a'mo
a'mor
mo'neo
mo'neor
Imperf.
Fut.
ama'bam
ama'bo
ama'bar
ama'bor
mone'bam
mone'bo
mone'bar
mone'bor
1 Synopses should be given not only in the first person, but in other persons as well, particularly in the third singular and plural.
76
SYNOPSES OF VERBS
'j'j
Rule.
e or ex.
Agricolae ex agris veniunt, the farmers come from the fields
a.
from
a or ab denotes yrow near a place or ex, out from it. This may be represented graphically as follows
;
it
and
de,
down
<
a or ab
Place
e or ex
^>
de
V
180.
Rule.
Ablative of Separation.
Words expressing
to
sepa-
ration or deprivation
require
an ablative
complete their
meailing.
a. If
the separation
is
generally used.
If
no
is
necessary.
(a)
Perseus frees the landfrom, monsters (literal, separation actual motion is expressed)
{b)
Perseus terram
tristitia liberat
181.
Rule.
The word
ab.
express-
put
a.
In this construction the English translation of a, ab is iy rather than is regularly used with passive verbs to indicate the
act
was performed.
the monster is being slain
78
EXERCISES
b. Note that the active form of the above sentence would be Perseus monstrum necat, Perseus is slaying the monster. In the passive the object
becomes the subject, and the subject of the active verb becomes the ablative of the personal agent, with a or ab. c. Distinguish carefully between the ablative of means and the ablative of the personal agent. Both are often translated into English by the preposition by. (Cf. 100. b) Means is a thing; the agent or actor is a person. The ablative of means has no preposition. The ablative of the personal
of the active verb
Compare
is
killed by
is
killed by
an arrow Diana
sentence,
is
second,
is
182.
EXERCISES
defessi
ab eo loco discedent.
2.
Germani
proelio
4.
Romanis adpropinquabant, tamen legatus copias a continebat. 3. Multa Gallorum oppida ab Romanis capientur.
castris
Tum
Romani totum populum eorum oppidorum gladiis pilisque interficient 5. Oppidani Romanis resistent, sed defessi longo proelio fugient. 6. Multl ex Gallia fugiebant et in Germanorum vicis habitabant.
7.
8. Dis-
frumentum
et
copiam
10.
9.
Copiae nostrae a
Id oppidum ab provincia
Romana
II.
I.
longe aberat.
dess Diana.
The weary sailors were approaching a place dear to 2. They were without food and without wine.
the god3.
Then
men
5.
by Sextus.
Already they are not far away from the land, and they see armed
a high place.
men on
They are kept from the land by the men 6. The men kept hurling their weapons
down from
inimicis,
See vocabulary.
PERFECT TENSES OF
SUM
79
LESSON XXXI
PERFECT, PLUPERFECT, AND FUTURE PERFECT OF SUM.
183. Principal Parts.
are of so
There are
much consequence
we
call
them the
principal parts.
In English the principal parts are the present, the past, and the
past participle
;
as, go,
went, gone ;
see,
saw,
seen, etc.
The
principal parts of the Latin verb are the first person singular
indicative, ihi present infinitive, th& first person singular
of the present
and
\!ix.
From
we
is
get three
We
found from
126.
).
The
participial stem.
The
is
formed
the
may
from
From
The Perfect Active Indicative The Pluperfect Active Indicative (English Past Perfect) The Future Perfect Active Indicative
All these tenses express completed
action in present, past,
or
The
is
by adding the endings of the perfect to the perfect stem. These endings are different from those found in any other tense, and
are as follows
r I.
-i,
/
you
Plur.
he, she, it
I.
-imus,
-istis,
ive
Sing.
\
\
2. 3.
-isti,
-it,
<
2.
you
[ 3.
8o
PERFECT TENSES OF
sum
SUM
and future perfect
187. Inflection of
indicative
Pres. Indic.
Prin. Parts
Pres. Infin.
esse
Perf. Indic.
fui
sum
siNGULAR
fu'i,
Perfect
fu'imus,
fuis'tis,
plural
/ have
been^
I was
been,
we have
you have
been, been,
fuis'ti,
fu'it,
you have
he has been,
they were
-era-)
fue'ramus,
fuera'tis,
fu'erant,
/ shall have
been been
Note carefully the changing accent in the perfect. Observe that the pluperfect may be formed by adding eram, the imperfect of sum, to the perfect stem. The tense sign is -era-. 3. Observe that the future perfect may be formed by adding ero, the future of sum, to the perfect stem. But the third person plural ends in
2.
-erint,
4.
not in -erunt.
The
tense sign
is -eri-.
and
inflected in the
same way.
188.
dialogue
The Boys
Titus, Marcus,
and Quintus
T.
M. Ubi Ego
fuistis,
Tite et Quinte
in
meo
fuit.
Boni pueri
fuimus.
M.
Fuit.
fluvio maturabat.
Ibi
is
et
iis
et Cornelius id
navigium parant
Quis
M. Amici
T.
Cornell
et
Quo
pueri navigabunt
consilia
M. Dubia sunt
neus, ad
eorum.
ventus
erit ido-
maximam
insulam navigabunt.
autem ventus
Q.
fuerunt.
erant.
Turn
Aqua
non
fuerint
maxime
aqua
et valido vento
superabuntur et
ita interficientur.
189.
EXERCISE
2.
I. Where had the boys been before? They had been in school. Where had Sextus been ? He had been in a field next to the river.
3.
4.
Who Who
Marcus.
6.
5. If the
boys
have been
will
in the toat.
if
Soon we
There
be no danger,
we
LESSON XXXII
THE PERFECT ACTIVE INDICATIVE OF THE FOUR REGULAR
CONJUGATIONS
190. Meanings of the Perfect.
The
meanings.
The
first
of these
is
and denotes that the action of the verb as, / have finished my work.
;
As
it is
called the
perfect definite.
^ Ablative of means. ^ Tiie expletive there 1 Dative case. (Cf. log.) ^ This not expressed, but the verb will precede tlie subject, as in English. predicate adjective must be nominative plural to agree with we.
is
82 The
also
Ifinished my work. As
no
definite time
is
speci-
Note
-was finishing
"1
>
^t
used
to finish
'"^
When
different
week
went
to Boston.
city.
was trying
I
to find
an old friend
of
Yesterday
returned home."
We
learned in
per-
inflected
to the perfect
stem.
The inflection
I
then as follows
CONJ. IV
CONJ.
CONJ. II
CONJ. Ill
rexi
amavi
monui
cepi
audlvi
I have
I have heard
I heard or
I advised or
did advise
did take
did hear
83
always given as the third of the This shows the absolute necessity of learning the principal parts thoroughly. 2. Nearly all perfects of the first conjugation are formed by adding -vi
1
.
The
first
is
principal parts.
From
this
we
Like amayl
Note
carefully the
Drill
on
it.
Perf. Indic.
do
84
LESSON XXXIII
PLUPERFECT AND FUTURE PERFECT ACTIVE INDICATIVE PERFECT ACTIVE INFINITIVE
;.
CONJ. I
85
is
Infinitive.
The
formed by adding
CONJ.
86
LESSON XXXIV
REVIEW OF THE ACTIVE VOICE
197.
following formation
Present
Imperfect
^"^"''^
Present stem
"''"'
-ba-m
Coni.
I
'"TmirTivr
" Perfect =
'"" ^
f -bo,
and
II
IV
Pluperfect
Perfect stem
-era-m
Future Perfect
198.
Perfect stem
-ero
The
we
have
as follows
ama-
Pres.
amo
Perf.
amavi
Indic.
-!
[^
Indic. \ Pluperf.
[^
amaveram
Pres. Imv.
ama
amare
Pres. Infin.
I Learn to write in the same form and to give rapidly the principal and synopsis of paro, do, laudo, deleo, habeo, moved, pared, video,
.
^
:
Irregular Verbs
1 Learn to give synopses rapidly, and not only in the first person singular 2 These are all verbs that you have but in any person of either number. had before, nd the perfect is the only new form to be learned.
87
doceo
egeS
faveo
iube5
Conjugation
II
noceo
nocere
persuadeo
respondeo
sedeo
persuadere
respondere
sedere
studeo
studere
ago
Conjugation
III
Conjugation ( IV I
"^^P^
""
88
LESSON XXXV
THE PASSIVE PERFECTS OF THE INDICATIVE THE PERFECT PASSIVE AND FUTURE ACTIVE INFINITIVE
201.
The
is
the perfect
passive participle.
From
it
we
formed
1
first
time given
in full
CoNj.
I.
Pres. Indic.
Pres. Infin.
Perf. Indic.
amo
is
ama'-re
all
ama'v-i
first
This
II.
mo'neo
rego
ca'pio
mone'-re
re'ge-re
mo'nu-i
rex-i cep-i
,
mo'nit-us
rect-us
III.
ca'pe-re
audi'-re
is
capt-us
audi't-us
IV.
2.
au'dio
audi'v-i
The
202. In English the perfect, past perfect, and future perfect tenses
of the indicative passive are
to be
made up
;
participle
as,
I have
I had been
loved,
I shall have
Very
been loved.
and future
perfect
sum
/ have been or was loved / had been loved ama'tus ero, / shall have beeti loved
I. In the same way give the synopsis of the corresponding tenses of moneo, rego, capio, and audio, and give the English meanings.
partly
it
At
a verb
it
adjective
89
word
it
and
204.
The
is
bonum, and
compound
tenses ( 202)
agrees as a predicate
KxAMPLES IN Singular
Consilium laudatum
was praised, or has been praised the plan was praised, or has been
Examples in Plural
j. j praised
praised
I.
amo, moneo,
rego, capio,
indicative passive of
formed by adding
;
esse, the
as,
ama't-us
(-a,
-um)
esse, to
have
been advised.
I
.
Form
the perfect passive infinitive of rego, capio, audio, and give the
English meanings.
206.
The
is
formed by adding
esse,
the
This
parti-
stem.
made by adding -iirus, -a, -um to the base of the participial Thus the future active infinitive of amo is amat-u'rus (-a, -um)
in forming the three tenses of the active infinitive
Note that
we
use
to
have loved
infinitive of laudo,
moneo, rego,
go
207.
I.
I.
est.
2.
tro narratae
Ager ab
erit.
?
Agri
ab
Aurum
cilium
suum portatum
8.
6.
Ab
ancilla
quia monstrum a
The
field
had been
laid waste,
The
oracles
3.
oracles
The
been heard, the province had been captured, the boats have been
captured.
girls will
4.
The
fields
were
will
man was advised, the The towns had been ruled, we shall
LESSON XXXVI
REVIEW OF PRINCIPAL PARTS
PREPOSITIONS
YES-OR-NO QUESTIONS
208. The following list shows the principal parts of all the verbs you have had excepting those used in the paradigms. The parts you have had before are given for review, and the perfect participle is the only new form for you to learn. Sometimes one or more of the principal parts are lacking, which means that the verb has no forms based on that stem. A few verbs lack the perfect passive participle but have the future active participle in -urus, which appears in the principal parts instead.
Irregular Verbs
sum
91
92
PREPOSITIONS
i.
YES-O^-NO QUESTIONS
learned in 52, 53 that only the accu-
209. Prepositions,
sative
We
tions
and the ablative are used with prepositions, and that preposiexpressing ablative relations govern the ablative case.' Those
are here summarized.
we have had
learned.
The
table
foUowing should be
of
without
must govern
the
accusative ( 52).
Of
these
we have had
amongj
the following:
ad, to J apud,
per, through
There are many others which you will meet as we proceed. 3. The preposition in when meaning in or on governs the ablative;
when meaning
to, into,
Yes-or-No Questions.
in-
terrogative
word
like
yes or no,
1.
may
Implying nothing as
to
2.
Is he not
3.
He isnH coming,
Venitne ?
is
2.
Wonne venit?
3.
Num
he?
a. -ne,
stands
first.
b. We learned in 56. b that yes-or-no questions are usually answered by repeating the verb, with or without a negative. Instead of this, ita, vero, certe, etc, (so, truly, certainly, etc.) may be used for yes, and non, minime, etc. for no if the denial is emphatic, as, by no means, not at all.
CONJUGATION OF POSSUM
211.
93
EXERCISES
I.
Nonne habebat
Cornelia ornamenta
aun? Habebat.
?
2.
Num
Non
in dextro,
4.
Ubi oppidum a
perfido Sexto
5.
occupatum
ple?
Id oppidum erat
num
6.
Nonne Sextus ab
Vero, sed
deletum est?
dubia
erat. 9.
10.
Num
fugam temptaverunt ? Minime. II. I. Where was Julia standing ? She was standing where you had
ordered.
2.
Was
3
.
Julia
Did she not attempt flight when she saw the danger ? She did. 4. Who captured her? Galba captured her without delay and held her by the left arm. 5. She didn't have the lady's gold, did she ? No, the gold had been taken by a faithless maid and has been
ments of
gold.
brought back.
LESSON XXXVII
CONJUGATION OF POSSUM THE INFINITIVE USED AS IN ENGLISH
lam
able,
I can, and
/ am.
its
and
infinitive.
(Cf. 495-)
Possum,
/ can,
is
The
infinitive (cf.
173) a noui).
is
a verbal noun.
Used
as a noun,
it
As a verb
it
The
much
the
same
in Latin as in English.
94
1.
IN ENGLISH
and the
and an
infinitive, as,
to
stantive
Similarly in Latin,
some verbs
of wishing,
commanding, forbidding,
infinitive
and the
like are
fugere iussit, he
to flee.
Rule.
The
In English a verb
is
often are
meaning,
as, the
Romans
This
is
as the predicate
Similarly in
is
by the
infinitive.
Among
/ am
able,
I can
propero, maturo,
Somani
Romans
are able to
(or can)
wage war
in gender,
Mall pueri esse boni non possunt, bad boys are not able
to (or
cannot) be good
pueri.
In English the
infinitive is
(=
conquering)
is
pleas-
ing; To see
(=
is
(=
believing).
of
the infinitive
found
pleasing
EXERCISES
a.
95
In the construction above, the infinitive often has a subject, which must then be in the accusative case, as
est
is
An
infinitive
used as a noun
is
in the neuter
217.
EXERCISES
I.
cum
2.
Egere
3. Viri
ponere.
4.
Estne legatus in
castello
an in mOro
5.
Ubi
ab vestris' captus
6. Galli
7. Alii
castellum
ibi
pugnare temptabant,
portas petebant.
8.
Feminae pro
9.
domiciliis sedebant
neque
Bellum
postu-
10.
Sed
viri
arma
n.
Id castellum ab Gallis
occupari
erit.
Romanis
victi
potestis.
gates.
2.
The girl began daily to carry water from the river to The Gauls had pitched their camp in a place suitable
3.
.
the
for
a battle.
4.
For a long time they tried in vain to seize the redoubt. Neither did they cease to hurl weapons against the walls. 5 But
218.
Sabinl olim
portaverant.
The
Faithless Tarpe'ia
pinquabant.
1
cum Romanis bellum gerebant et multas victorias relam agros proximos miiris vastabant, iam oppido adproRoman! autem in Capitolium fugerant et longe periculo
nostri, vestri,
Supply men.
children.
Not
and sui are often used as nouns in this way. liberi either as an adjective, meaning^r^^,
^ in
or as a noun,
96
aberant.
iaciebant,
EXERCISES
Muris
validis et saxis altis credebant.
petebant;
poterant.
Romana
pulchra et superba.
Cotidie
aquam
copiTs
Romanis
in Capitolium portabat.
97
LESSON XXXVIII
THE RELATIVE PRONOUN AND THE INTERROGATIVE PRONOUN
219. Sentences are simple, compound, or complex.
a. A simple sentence is a sentence containing but one statement, that is, one subject and one predicate The Romans approached the town. b. A compound sentence is a sentence containing two or more independent statements The Romans approached the town and the enemy fled.
:
is
it
does not
complex sentence
is
state-
ment and one or more dependent statements approached the town the enemy fled.
\
When
the
Romans
Note.
the
dependent or subordinate statement is one that depends on thus the enemy fled is independent, and when Romans approached the town is dependent or subordinate.
;
d.
The
separate
statements in a
compound
called clauses.
called
the
main
Here
a.
b.
The main clause. The Romans killed the men The subordinate clause, who were taken
is
a pronoun, for
it
noun
who were
clause
is
pronoun that
noun, and the substantive for which the relative pronoun stands
called
its
antecedent.
The
that.
relative
pronouns
in English are
who, whose,
98
221.
pronoun
in Latin
is
and
it is
declined as follows
99
and relatives in the same case. Viros and feminam are and qui and quae are nominatives, being the subjects of the
subordinate clauses.
Hence
Relative.
relative
pronoun
clause.
in
way
it is
own
An
interrogative
pronoun
is
a pro-
noun
which
who i
Who
is
is
the
man ?
is
b.
What man
In
a,
who
an interrogative /r(7(7. In
what
the
adjective.
Observe that
is
is
quae, quod
the adjective.
interrogative adjective qui, quae, quod
is
227.
I.
The
declined just
pronoun.
(See
221.)
The
interrogative
plural.
pronoun
quis, quid
it is
is
quod in the
In the singular
declined as follows
Neut.
quid,
cuius,
Nam.
Gen.
quis,
who ?
whose f
cuius,
Dat.
Ace.
cui, to or for
whom f
cui, to ox for
quern,
whom f
eXjz.,
Abl.
qwo, from,
whom?
and that
all
the
relative,
228.
I. I.
EXERCISES
Quis
est aeger? Servus quern
amo est aeger. 2. Cuius sciitum babes ? Scutum habeo quod legatus ad castellum misit. 3 Cui legatus suum scutum dabit ? Filio meo scutum dabit. 4. Ubi Germani
.
lOO
antiqui vivebant
bant.
5?
EXERCISES
In terra quae est proxima Rheno Germanl viveQuibuscum^ Germani bellum gerebant ? Cum Romanis, qui
6. li
Qui
viri castra
ponunt?
armis Germani
7.
sunt.
Quibus
telis
?
copiae nosGladiis et
trae eguerunt
telis
8.
quibus porta
sinistra
tenebatur?
sociis porta
9.
sinistra tenebatur.
Quae
occu-
provinciae a
Romanis
patae
vinciae
sunt?
a
Multae prooccuviris
viris
Romanis
Bonis
What
victory will
2. I
you announce?
announce
victory
will
which
the
sailors
GEKMANI ANTIQUI
eager for
battle.
4.
have won.
resist
our forces,
229.
Tarpeia,
The
''
non
potuit et respondit
chiis geritis,
ornamenta quae
in sinistris brac-
Capitolium ducam."
Nee
I cum is added to the ablative of relative, interrogative, and personal pronouns instead of being placed before them. Explain the use of the tenses
''
in this selectioft.
to
me.
loi
magnasque
castelli
portas pro-
mox
muros
;
Turn
sine
mora
ita
in
"
nam
5
pueUa Tar-
LESSON XXXIX
THE THIRD DECLENSIOW
230. Bases and Stems.
sions
CONSONANT STEMS
first
In learning the
we saw
word
is
;
we
base
we add
and
-0 in the second,
we
get what
Thus
porta has
stem
servo-.
-a-
and
-o-,
named
The
third declension
classified
is
called
nouns are
according
way the sfem ends. If the last lettet of the stepi is a consonant, word is said to have a consonant stem ; if the stem ends in -i-, the word is said to have an i-stem. In consonant stems the stem is the same as the base. In i-stems the stem is formed by adding -i- to the base. The presence of the i makes a difference in certain of the cases, so
the
the distinction
is
-s to the
II.
1
nominative singular.
is
quo
= whither,
it
to the
place where.
Here quo
We
have had
^
what place?
upon.
I02
CLASS
either masculine or feminine
233. Stems that add -s to the base in the nominative singular are
Bases
EXERCISES
a.
3.
103
in the nominative:
a.
A A
s
final -t
or -d
is
dropped before
-s;
final -c
= iiidex,
reg
rex.
4.
Review
like
this declension.
In
manner
man;
pedes, peditis,
234.
EXERCISES
Neque
2.
Romanum
3.
poterant.
Summavirtutemurosaltos cotidieoppugnabant.
qui
Pedes
militum
4.
lapidibus
de
miiro
iaciebantur
?
saepe vulnerabantur.
Quod novum
5.
ornamentis temptavit.
Quid puella
8.
fecit.?
Puella
commota auro
verat
non reportavit
I
g.
Tamen praemia quae summo studio petiApud Romanos antiques Tarpeia non est
?
laudata.
II.
.
What
It
is
ship
is
That
now with a favorable wind and will soon approach Italy. 2. The judges commanded the savages to be seized and to be killed. 3. The chiefs of the savages suddenly began to flee, but were quickly captured by the horsemen. 4. The king led
Victory.
sailing
NAVIGIUM
I04
LESSON XL
THE THIRD DECLENSION
CONSONANT STEMS
11
(Continued)
CLASS
add
-s.
They
may
236.
PARADIGMS
Masculines and Feminines
consul, m.,
105
237.
EXERCISES
Non solum
Quas
Quid
Gallia venerunt.
3.
4.
fecerunt?
et
magnas
portaverunt.
Caesar,
summus
Romanorum imperator.
virtute
II.
summa
now
(nuper).
sister.
father to-day?
to
2. I
saw him
just
3.
cannot be restrained
from wrong.*
5.
4.
The
is
The
held
chiefs
were eager
consul.
to
6.
storm a
town
full
by the
The king
LESSON XLI
THE THIRD DECLENSION
and are declined as follows
CONSONANT STEMS
(Concluded)
io6
EXERCISES
107
LESSON XLII
REVIEW LESSON
240. Review the paradigms in 233, 236, 238; and decline
all
nouns of the
Terror
Olim Cimbri
et
CimbricuS''^
cum feminis liberisque Romanas maximo proelio vicerant. Ubi fuga legionum nuntiata est, summus erat terror totlus Romae, et RoTeutones, populi Germaniae,
Italiae
adpropinquaverant et copias
Tum
ita
confirmavit
"
Magnam
calamitatem
Romae
salijs
adpropinquant.
novum
I
erit nulla
Servate liberos
Servate patriam
10
Antea superati sumus quia imperatores nostri fuerunt infirmi. Nunc Marius, clarus imperator, qui iam multas alias victorias reportavit,
legiones diicet et animos nostros terrore Cimbrico liberabit."
Marius tum
in Africa
bellum gerebat.
Sine
mora ex Africa
in
15
toti Italiae
sed etiam
pugnatum
est.'
et multi in fuga
ab
20
by an invasion About the year 100 e.c. the Romans of barbarians from the north known as Cimbri and Teutons. They were traveling with wives and children, and had an army of 300,000 fighting men. Several Roman armies met defeat, and the city was in a panic. Then the Senate called upon Marius, their greatest general, to save the country. First he defeated the Teutons in Gaul. Next, returning to Italy, he met the Cimbri. A terrible battle ensued, in which the Cimbri were utterly destroyed but the tefTor Cimbricus 2 jje made a continued to haunt the Romans for many a year thereafter. ' Cf. 200. n. 2. levy (of troops) upon, imperavit with the a'cc. and the dat.
were greatly alarmed
;
io8
LESSON
XLIII
/-STEMS
241. To decline a noun of the third declension correctly we must know whether or not it is an i-stem. Nouns with i-stems are
1.
a.
Nouns
in -es
and
-is
as in the nominative.
is
Thus
-rs.
militis,
a consonant stem.
b.
c.
Nouns Nouns
in -ns
and
of one syllable in
-e, -al,
-s
or -x preceded
by a consonant.
2.
Neuters in
and
-ar.
is
242.
The
declension of i-stems
nearly the
:
same as
that of con-
sonant stems.
a.
differences
-is
or
Neuters have
-i
and an -i"^
in every
"
form of
tfefefilural.
i-
109
no
magna
7.
EXERCISES
superaverunt. 6. Alia animalia terrain, alia mare amant. Naves longae quae auxilium ad imperatorem portabant igni ab hostibus deletae sunt. 8. In eo man avis multas vidimus quae longe
a terra volaverant.
9.
Nonne
vidistis navis
quibus urbs nostra vastabatur? Certe, sed nee eaedem civium nee
NAVES LONGAE
fugam
clientium vidimus.
10.
Aves
ignem
et
videin
runt, salutem
11.
Num
iudex
equus
pulchrum gerebat.
village
were
not able to
2.
When
a beautiful
He
Send
will
your retainers with horses and wagons to our camp, and you
receive an abundance of grain."
his
5.
words
"
without delay.
1
Place
first.
Not the
accusative.
Why
III
LESSON XLIV
IRREGULAR NOUNS OF THE THIRD DECLENSION THE THIRD DECLENSION
246.
GENDER IN
1 1
EXERCISES
determined
animal
248. Give the gender of the following nouns and the rule by which
it is
LESSON XLV
ADJECTIVES OF THE THIRD DECLENSION
250. Adjectives are either of the
bonus, aeger, or
liber),
first
/-STEMS
(like
251. Nearly
all
and
252. Adjectives learned thus far have had a different form in the
as,
bonus, m.
bona,
f.
bonum,
n.
Such
an adjective
is called
an
adjective
of
three endings.
Adjectives of the
alike,
one ending
alike.
CLASS
114
255. Adjectives of
Two
aW^
Stem omni-
Base omn-
EXERCISES
258.
115
EXERCISES
the
cum
urbem
eis
alta,
iter faciebant.
Ubi non
et facilem
viam brevem
Turn
Summa
Grave
Pauci
vi
dimenta
in
summo
coUe conlocavit.
erant.
Romanis
Alii interfecti,
capti sunt.
Apud
Romanorum ab
erat gratum.
hostibus
Fortiina
semper
Some months
2.
hills
To
seize the
3.
Among
were
the
of Italy are
many
beautiful springs.
4.
The
soldiers
sitting
their feet
were weary.
intrust a
The
city
fortified
by strong
6.
heavy crown
of gold and
his
money
faithless.
AQUILA LEGIONIS
Ii6
The
genitive ends
few
PARADIGMS
adventus, m., arrival
cornu, n.,
horn
TERMINATIONS
Bases advent-
corn-
EXPRESSIONS OF PLACE
duci.
II7
4. Pro castris cum hostium equitatu pugnatum est. 5. Post tempus breve equitatus trans flumen fugit ubi castra hostium posita
erant.
6. 7.
Turn
mavit.
et locus difficilis.
tela,
quae paucis
I.
2. I
(Jem^ on the lake, but I saw it in the harbor. 3. Because of the strong wind the sailor forbade his brother to sail. 4. Cassar didn't make an attack on the cavalry on the right wing, did he?
5.
left
wing.
6.
swift horse to
obey?
7. I trained
my
horse with
difficult.
8.
He
is
LESSON XLVII
EXPRESSIONS OF PLACE
262.
We have become
Qgj^j^
followmg
^^ ^Qj. jjj^ oppidum maturat Galba ab (de or ex) oppido maturat Galba in oppido habitat
From
263.
these expressions
we may deduce
Rule.
to.
The
place to which is
expressed by ad or
question Whither f
264.
Rule.
expressed by a or
de,
or
ex,
79.)
Rule.
The
place at or in
with
in.
question
Where?
Il8
a.
(cf.
EXPRESSIONS OF PLACE
The
ablative denoting the flace
where
is
locus, //fl).
266. Exceptions.
riis,
Names
country,
common
Galba Athenas maturat, Galba hastens to Athens Galba Athenis maturat, Galba hastens from Athens Galba Athenis habitat, Galba lives at (or in) Athens Galba domum maturat, Galba hastens home
rfis matiirat, Galba hastens to the country Galba domo matiirat, Galba hastens from home Galba rure matiirat, Galba hastens from the country Galba rflri (less commonly rure) habitat, Galba lives in the country
Galba
a.
Names
etc.,
these exceptions.
With
thein prepositions
must not
be omitted.
saw above that the place-relation exby the locative ablative. Howexpressed this relation by a separate form known
regularly covered
abla-
We
number
of the first
The form
and
its
the genitive
islands,
singular,
use
is
limited to
names
of
268.
in
which with
Rule. Locative and Locative Ablative. To express the place names of towns mid small islands, if they are sin;
gular and of the first or second declension, use the locative; otherwise
as,
Rome
Galba Corinthi habitat, Galba lives at Corinth Galba domi habitat, Galba lives at home
1 Small islands are classed with towns because they generally, have but one town, andthef name of the town is the same as the name of the island.
DOMUS
first
119
of the
Here Romae, Corinthi, and domi are locatives, being singular and and second declensions respectively. But in
Galba Athenis habitat, Ga/6a lives at Athens, Galba Pompeiis habitat, Galba lives at Pompeii
Athenis and Pompeiis are locative ablatives. These words can have no locative case, as the nominatives Athenae and Pompeii zxe. plural and there
is
no
269. The word domus, home, house, has forms of both the second and the fourth declension. Learn its declension ( 468).
270.
EXERCISES
I.
2.
3.
Quem pon-
Pontem in Rheno hostes cremaverant. Pompeiis multas Romanorum domos videre poteritis. 5. Roma
6.
Domi
cum
multis navibus
longis navigare.
9.
Ante moenia
arborum altarum.
in Gallia et
ex-
ercebat.
11. Cotidie
loco
idoneo
castra
ponebat
mijniebat.
II. I. Cassar, the famous general, when he had departed from Rome, hastened to the Roman province on a swift horse.^ 2. He had heard a rumor concerning the allies at Geneva. 3. After his arrival Caesar called the soldiers together and commanded them to join battle. 4. The enemy retreated, some because ^ they were afraid, others because of wounds. 5 Recently I was at Athens and saw the place where the judges used to sit.' 6. Marcus and Sextus are my brothers the one lives at Rome, the other in the country.
''
.
What
construction
Distinguish be-
tween the English conjunction because (quia or quod) and the preposition * used to sit, express by the imperfect. because of (propter).
DAEDALUS ET ICARUS
121
magni maris
pulsatur.
Ibi
Ad eum
Eum
^
Creta dedit.
et clara
Quo
multa
5
opera faciebat.
caram desiderare
incepit.
Domum
LESSON XLVIII
THE FIFTH OR E-DECLENSION
272. Gender.
dies, day,
Nouns
273.
122
1.
ABLATIVE OF TIME
The vowel
e which appears in every form
-ei after
is
regularly long.
r-ei
;
It is
a consonant, as in
2.)
and before -m
of
Only
dies
and
res are
complete in the
Acies, line
plural.
battle,
of
274.
The
which
is
on
may
is
The
ablative
which
is
used
of time.
within
275.
which
Rule. The
Ablative of Time.
is
anything happens
preposition.
a.
in is
found.
Compare
the English
Next
started.
276.
EXERCISES
vivit.
Meridie lulia
eum ad cenam
filii
vocat.
domum
vertit.
Aestate
5
Hieme
agricola eos in
lOdum
mittit.
Caesaris narrat.
Aestate
filii
its
molestum.
ciira vivit
nee
many
upon
battles in Gaul.
2.
The
4.
cav-
alry of the
enemy made an
attack
3.
In
the
first
On
joined battle,
That year a
ort
destroyed
many
birds
We
saw blood
PRONOUNS CLASSIFIED
277.
23
commotus
filio
suo Icaro
ita dixit
Animus meus,
sed rex
re-
mea
Turn
et
omnem
et
reditus
spem
eripit.
Sed numquam
Terra
mare sunt
viam reperiam."
capit consilium.
in artis ignotas
animum
mirum
Nam
pennas
LESSON XLIX
PRONOUNS CLASSIFIED PERSONAL AND REFLEXIVE PRONOUNS
278.
We
in Latin as in English.
They
1
or spoken of;
2.
/;
iXi.,
you ;
is, he.
meus, tuus,
suus, etc.
3.
subject; as, he
4.
saw
himself.
(Cf. 281.)
;
as,
I myself saw
5.
is, this, that.
(Cf. 285.)
as,
6.
with an antecedent;
who.
(Cf. 220.)
whol
one,
(Cf. 225.)
8.
Indefinite pronouns,
indefinitely; as,
some
any
(Cf. 296.)
is, ea, id,
279.
is
it,
as
we
learned in
115,
pronoun
124
280.
declined as follows
CUMV^YVn PRONOUNS
3.
25
We teach
ourselves
You
teach yourself
He
282.
or sui,
teaches himself
The
is
preposition cum,
appended
when used with the ablative of ego, tu, mecum, with me; tScum, with you ;
nobiscum, with us
283.
etc.
EXERCISES
I.
Mea
et tua
tibi.
2.
Vestrae
litterae
3.
Nuntii
amicitiamque
postulaverunt.
5. Si tii
Uter vestrum
est civis
Romanus
Neuter
Eo tempore
regnum
8.
alii metu commoti sese fugae mandaverunt alii autem magna virtute impetum exercitus nostri sustinuerunt. 10. Soror
Prima luce
de adverse proelio
audivit, sese
I
3.
Pompeiis
interfecit.
2.
Whom
do
you teach?
his sword.
teach
myself.
The
soldier
The master
you
Therefore he
.
will inflict
we
7.
with
not suffer punishment. 5 Who will march (i.e. make a march) me to Rome 6. I will march with you to the gates of the city. Who will show us ' the way ? The gods will show you the way.
shall
?
'
{Concluded')
patris
stabat et
mirum
fill
imposita
est,
eum
volare
aut
soli
aut mari.
Si fluctibus
S
adpropinquaveris,* aqua
1
adpropinquaveris,*
Not
accusative.
finishing touch.
What
' manus ultima, the Adverb, see vocabulary. * Future perfect. Translate by the present. literally ?
'
126
Alas
movent
paret.
et
5
Sed
non
Alae cremantur
lillo
mare
decidit
vitam
LESSON L
THE INTENSIVE PRONOUN IPSE AND THE DEMONSTRATIVE IDEM
285. Ipse means
even or very.
It is
-self (himself,
herself etc.) or
is
translated
by
must be
carefully distinguished
from the
is
reflexive sui.
regularly adjective.
The Compare
Homo se videt, the man sees himself (re^exive) Homo ipse periculum videt, ihe man himself (intexisvfe) sees the danger Homo ipsum periculum videt, the man sees the danger itself {intensiye)
286. Except for the one form ipse, the intensive pronoun
is
de-
chned exactly
like
the
nine
irregular
adjectives
(cf.
io8, log).
( 481).
287.
of
is.
The demonstrative
Singular
FEM.
is
a compound
It is declined as follows
NEUT.
N'om. idem
Gen.
>at.
e'adem
eius'dem
ei'dem
idem
eius'dem
ei'dem
eius'dem ei'dem
Ace. Abl.
eun'dem
eo'dem
ean'dem
ea'dem
idem
eo'dem
'
EXERCISES
EXERCISES
127
288.
Ego
et tu
in
eadem urbe
vivimus.
2.
Iter
Olim nos
5.
ipsi
idem
iter fecimus.
6.
4.
Eo tempore multas
7
feras vidimus.
Sed nobis
hos-
non nocuerunt.
in
militis eripuit et
Itaque milites
Romani quoque
et
omnis
fugerunt.
10.
11.
Eadem hora litterae Romam ab imperatore ipso missae sunt. Eodem mense captivi quoque in Italiam missi sunt. 12. Sed
difficile
is a wonderful mountain. 2. When I was saw that mountain. 3. On the same- day many were destroyed by fire and stones from that very mountain.
4.
5.
You have
On
that
men.
6.
You
yourself ought to
us that story.
289.
How
Romanis
auxilium
ipsa urbs
petiit.
Mox
Romam
venit,
et
Omnibus in partibus exercitus Romanus victus erat. lam rex montem laniculum " occupaverat. Numquam antea Romani tanto metii tenebantur. Ex agris in urbem maturabant et summo studio urbem ipsam muniebant.
in periculo
2 fifot parts, 1 Observe that in Latin we say I and you, not you and I. * The story of Horatius has been made ^ Cf. 2io. but directions. familiar by Macaulay's well-known poem " Horatius " in his Lays of Ancient ^ The Janiculum Rome. Read the poem in connection with this selection. is a high hill across the Tiber from Rome.
.
summo
128
THE DEMONSTRATIVES
LESSON
We
is
LI
BIC, ISTE,
JLLE
pronoun
and
its
use.
(Cf.
refers to
makes no
definite reference
or time,
is,
If we wish to point out an object definitely in place we must use hie, iste, or ille. These demonstratives, like
and
their relation to
the speaker
may be
hie
Speaker
this,
he (near)
that, he (remote)
that, he
(more remote)
a.
In dialogue hie refers to a person or thing near the speaker iste, to ille, to a person or thing
; ;
remote from both. These distinctions are illustrated in the model sentences, 293, which should be carefully studied and imitated.
291. Hie
THE DEMONSTRATIVES
293.
129
MODEL SENTENCES
Estne hie equus validus
but that
"1
That horse
Iste
equus est
valiflus, sed
one (yonder)
weak
ille
est infirmus
Are
these
Those (men by you) are my friends, but ") those (men yonder) are enemies J
illi
294.
EXERCISES
German
manorum dux
mavit.
confir-
vivitis, in
mecum
liberate.
Hoc
nobis non
difficile
erit,
quarum
vestigia vident,
Si
viam
saliitis
demonstrabunt.
Ille sol,
Itaque
nomen
illius
rei
pQ-
blicae
Ad arma
^
vos voco.
Does
birds
sing.?
2.
sings both" in
3.
4.
summer and
(yonder)^
in
in winter
voice.
Those
the
country don't
winter.
Snatch a spear from the hands of that soldier (near you)^ and
5.
(of yours) ^
you
will see
enemy who burned my dwelling and made an attack on my brother. 6. For (propter) these deeds (res) we ought to inflict punishment on him without delay. 7. The enemies of the repubthe tracks of the hateful
lic
do not always
suffer punishment.
^ English words in parentheses are ^ The perfect definite. (Cf. 190.) not to be translated. They are inserted to show what demonstratives should ' both and, et et. be used. (Cf. 290.)
. . .
I30
INDEFINITE PRONOUNS
295.
How
pons
dedit.
magna voce dixit, " Rescindite pontem, Roman! BrevI tempore Porsena in urbem copias suas traducet." lam hostes in ponte erant, sed Horatius cum duobus (cf. 479) comitibus ad
Codes,
fortis vir,
Tum
vero elves
RomanI pontem
et hostes frustra
Horatium superare
temptarit.
LESSON
LII
and
like
relative uses,
definite
may also be indefinite and ne arly all the other ^inpronouns are compounds of quis or qui and declined almost
;
them.
INDEFINITE PRONOUNS
131
:
Fem.
quid,
Neut.
some
one,
any one
(substantive)
qui
aliquis
qua or quae
some
one,-
any one
(substan-
487
aliqui
aliqua
quidam
quisquam
quisque
quaedam
any
one
486
484
quisque
quaeque
Note. The meanings of the neuters, something, from the masculine and feminine.
a.
and
b.
^
q uid-forms are
.
and.giibd-forms
as adjectives
The
indefinites quis
in a clause,
and are
si, nisi,
anything;
some
one).
used instead.
c. The forms qua and aliqua are both feminine nominative singular and neuter nominative plural' of the indefinite adjectives qui and aliqui respectiH'ely. How do these differ from the corresponding forms of the
qui? Observe that quidam (qui -t- -dam) is declined like qui, except that in the accusative singular and genitive plural of_qui become s, n (ci. 287. a) quendam, quandam, quorundam, quarundam also that the neuter has quiddam (substantive) and quoddam (adjective) in the nominative and accusative singular. Quidam is the least indefinite of the indefinite' pronouns, and
relative
d.
implies that
to
to
if
you eared
do
e.
so.
Quisquam and quisque (substantive) are declined Uke quis. Quisquam, any one (quicquam or quidquam, anything), is always used substantively and chiefly in negative sentences. The corresponding
f.
-um
( 108).
132
298.
EXERCISES
EXERCISES
vatus
3.
est.
Ne
4.Siquem meae
domi
cum
discedere.
5.
Si quis
6.
potest.
Quisque
dare
Tanta vero
urbs
Romanis semper
et
placuit.
10.
Olim Co;
rinthus
erat
satis
magna
paene par
Romae
ipsi
nunc
illius
reperiri possunt.
et aliquibus vero
nomen
II.
2.
If
at Corinth,
into the
Almost
all
who
fell
down
harmed.
3.
Not even
Pompeii did
I see so great
5.
4. I
tell
own work.
7.
in the country?
be
299.
How
Mox, ubi parva pars pontis mansit, Horatius iussit comites discedere et solus mira constantia impetum illius totius exercitiis sustinebat. Denique magno fragore pons in fliimen decidit. Tum vero Horatius tergum vertit et armatus in aquas desUuit. In eum hostes multa tela
5
iecerunt
Ei
alia
magna
different words.
COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES
133
LESSON LIU
REGULAR COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES
300.
son.
its
The
quality denoted
is
by an adjective may
is
of the quality
highest or lowest of
-est for
comparing an adjective
the superlative;
highest.
is
by the superlative. In English the usual way of by using the suffix -er for the comparative and
as, positive high, comparative higher, superlative Less frequently we use the adverbs more and most; as, positive beautiful, comparative more beautiful, superlative most beautiful.
follovirs
Comparative
clarior, clarius
Superlative
clarissimus, -a, {brightest)
{brighter)
brevior, brevius
brevissimus, -a,
{shortest)
{shorter)
velocior, velocius
velocissimus, -a,
{swiftest)
{swifter)
is
The comparative
formed from the base of the positive by adding the superlative by adding -issimus,
;
-issima, -issimum.
as,
Singular
134
a.
COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES
Observe that the endings are those of the consonant stems of the
(base, recent-), recent;
third declension.
b. Compare longus, long; fortis, brave; recens and decline the comparative of each.
304. Adjectives in -er form the comparative regularly, but the superlative is
-a,
-um
of the positive
as,
Positive
acer, acris, acre
Comparative
acrior, acrius
Superlative
acerrimus, -a,
-um
-a,
(Base acr-)
pulcher, pulchra, pulchrum
pulchrior, pulchrius
pulcherrimus,
liberrimus, -a,
-um
(Base pulchr-)
liber, libera,
liberum
liberior, liberius
-um
(Base
'a.
liber-)
305.
The comparative
is
too,
or somewhat,
altis-
somewhat') high;
EXERCISES
1.
tunissimum
quaerebant.
2.
Media
in silva ignis quam crebernumquam antea videramus. fortiores quam Galll. 4. Caesar
5.
erat clarior
quam
inimici^ qui
eum
necaverunt.
6.
Quisque sciitum
quam
corpus.
Corpora Germanorum
erant ingentiora
sine ulla
mora
II. Aestate
quam Romanorum. 10. Acerrimi Gallorum principes quoddam equos velocissimos traduxerunt. dies sunt longiores quam hieme. 12. Imperator quidam
trans fiumen
all
Of
is
the
3.
svsriftest.
2.
Certain animals
'
Why
is this
135
4.
punishment on
faithless allies.
was quite
and so
some
8.
Not even
after a victory so
opportune
N.B. Beginning at this point, the selections for reading near the end of the volume. (See p. 197.)
will
be found
LESSON LIV
IRREGULAR COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES THE ABLATIVE WITH COMPARATIVES WITHOUT QUAM
307.
The
;
-lis
regularly
of the positive.
Positive
facilis, -6,
Superlative
easy
difflcilis, -e,
hard
similior, -ius
dissimilior, -ius
gracilior, -ius
slender
humilis,
-e,
low
the
humilior, -ius
-um -um simillimus, -a, -um dissimillimus, -a, -um gracillimus, -a, -um humilllmus, -a, -um
facillimus, -a,
difflcillimus, -a,
308.
From
knowledge gained
in
is
we
quam
which,
that
is,
literally translated, is
Nothing
is
brighter
away from
sole.
the
sun
This
starting
is
from
the
is brighter.
relation
1
Hence
the rule
after
2 Accusative. In Use the superlative of gravis. quam is in the same case as the one before it.
a comparison the
noun
136
309.
The comparative
de-
EXERCISES
1.
Nemo
sunt
5.
milites alacriores
Romanis
vidit.
2.
Statim imperator
3.
iussit
nuntios
quam
leniora
celerrimos litteras
Romam
vidi.
portare.
Multa
clarior
flumina
Rheno.
4.
Apud Romanes
quis erat
Caesare?
Nihil pulchrius
urbe
Roma
6.
Subito multitude
7.
audacissima
acrius commisit.
Num
8.
est
Non
Ubi
Romae
cibum
fui,
nemo
11. lUe
vias,
Quaedam
mulieres
Rex
vetuit civis ex
urbe noctu
discedere.
puer est
gracilior
hac muliere.
12. Explorator
duas {two)
II.
I
.
What
city
Rome ?
eagle
2.
is
The
not
The
4. The spirited woman did not fear to make the journey by night. 5. The mind of the multitude was quite gentle and friendly. 6. But the king's mind was very different. 7. The king
was not
noble father.
territory.
8.
These
hills
are lower
ARMA ROMANA
137
LESSON LV
IRREGULAR COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES
311.
(Continued)
Some
better, best;
many, more,
irregularities.
Among
compared
irregularly are
Positive
bonus,
-a,
Comparative
melior, melius
Superlative
-um, good
magnus,
malus,
multus,
parvus,
-a,
-um, great
-um, jnuch
maior, maius
peior, peius
,
-a,
-um, bad
-a,
plus
maximus,
-a,
many
plures, plura
pliirimi, -ae, -a
-um, small
minor, minus
minimus,
-a,
-um
312.
The
Unusual
extremus,
-a,
-um
outermost,
last
outward
inferus, -a, -um,
outer)
inferior, -ius,
\(extimus,
-a,
-um)
low
posterns, -a, -um,
lower
(posterior, -ius,
lowest
next
superus, -a, -um,
later)
(postumus,
-a,
-um)
last
J
superior, -ius,
(supremus,-a,-um|
|_
above
higher
summus,
is
-a, -van.
"
J
declined as follows
Singular
MAsc.
Plural
NEUT.
plus
pluris
and fem.
Nom.
Gen.
Dat.
Ace.
plus
plure
Abl.
138
314.
maximam
receperunt.
2.
In
extrema parte
equitibus ad
silvae castra
3. Plurimi captivl ab
Caesarem
5.
ducti sunt.
Caesar vero
iussit
eos in servi-
tutem
tradi.
Postero die
est.
6.
magna
multitiido
mulierum ab Romanis
perterritae adventu
pluris fabulas
in valle
ima reperta
Hae
mulieres
7.
maxime
Eae quoque
8.
de exer-
Romani
erat.
9.
sceleribus audiverant.
Fama
non
est.
In barbarorum
aedificils
10.
I.
Nemo
II.
themselves.
The remaining women fled from their dwellings and hid 2. They were terrified and did not wish to be captured
into slavery.
3. 5
slavery.
Slavery
is
In the
Roman
were
killed
is
To
surrender the
fatherland
LESSON LVI
IRREGULAR COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES (Concluded) OF THE MEASURE OF DIFFERENCE
315.
ABLATIVE
The
superlative
theses.
and have no
Forms
Comparative
citerior,
Superlative
(citimus, hithermost)
AMer
inner
interior,
T^xiox,
(intimus, inmost)
former
further
is
primus, yfrj^
propior, nearer
ulterior,
a head
phrase
a head
measure
of difference in height
between
139
Galba and Sextus. The Latin form of expression would be Galba is than Sextus by a head. This is clearly an ablative relation, and
the construction
'
is
measure
of difference.
quam Sextus
Examples
Galba is a head taller (taller by a head) than Sextus. lUud iter ad Italiam est multo brevius That route to Italy is much shorter (shorter by much)
Ablative of the Measure of Difference.
317.
Rule.
With com-
paratives
to
by nothing
paulo, by
little
318.
EXERCISES
manl
Meum
3.
quam tuum
ilia.
est.
4.
Haec via est multo latior quam quam Romanl. 5. Tuus equus
qui paulo fortiores erant pro7
.
quam mens.
8.
6. li
Germania
portum
et lacum.
9. Servi,
Ultimae
1 1
.
in fidem
Romanorum venerunt.
Romano.
difficult
Nam
Rhenum
left
II. I.
(more
by much)
Gaul did
was
Roman
5.
empire.
The
states of further
is
4.
Slavery
no better
(better
by
The
The
1 nihil
active
victories.
was
originally
like pilum.
There
is
no
plural.
140
LESSON LVII
FORMATION AND COMPARISON OF ADVERBS
319. Adverbs are generally derived from adjectives, as in English
(e.g. adj. sweet, adv. sweetly).
and second
de-
141
As we
used adverbially.
So
in the positive or
some
as.
easy
Adv.
142
8.
NUMERALS
saepius
Romanl
9. Inter
Hae
cohortes
tilla
Some nations are easily overcome by their enemies. 2. Germuch larger than Gaul. 3. Were not the Romans the most powerful among the tribes of Italy ? 4. On account of (his) wounds
many
is
the soldier dragged his body from the ditch with the greatest difficulty.
5.
He was
6.
Who
7.
saved him?
certain
The rumors
con-
LESSON
NUMERALS
327.
1.
LVIII
The
how many ?
as,
unus,
etc.
secundus,
how many
at a
time
singuli, one at
time.
The
first
unus
143
unus
is
is
109, 470). The plural of unus is used to agree with a plural noun of a singular meaning, as, iina castra, one campj and with other nouns in the
as,
sense of only,
b.
and
mille,
a thousand.
(479-)
c.
are declined
like
the plural of
bonus
as,
ducenti, -ae, -a
330.
We
like
the
following
Omnium avium aquila est velocissima Of all birds the eagle is the swiftest Hoc oraculum erat omnium clarissimum This oracle was the most famous of all
In such sentences the genitive denotes the whole, and the word
modifies denotes a part of that whole.
of which a part
is
it
Such a
whole
taken,
is
331.
often
Rule.
Partitive
Genitive.
genitive.
a.
Words
adjectives.
denoting a part are especially pronouns, numerals, and other But cardinal numbers excepting mille regularly take the abla-
(as,
mille milites, a
thousand
it is
a declinable
Examples
Fortissimi
Decem milia hostium interfecta sunt Ten thousand (lit. thousands) of the enemy were
Una ex captivis erat soror regis One of the captives was the king's
sister
144
332.
2.
Magna pars
quinque
hominum
audlverunt.
cohortes ex
Duo ex meis fratribus eundem rumorem 5. Quis Romanorum erat clarior Caesare ? 6. Quinque ilia legione castra quam fortissime defendebant. 7. Hie
coegerant.
4.
^
ab
Germanoruni.
sociis postulavit.
9. Nonne mercatores magnitudiriem insulae cognoverant ? nem sed non latitudinem cognoverant. 10. Pauci hostium
Longitudi-
obtinebant
lives at
3.
Rome.
the
2.
Cassar
When
enemy
could
no longer
Romans.*
hill
far distant.'
LESSON LIX
NUMERALS
333. Learn the
(Continued)
first
all
The
334.
ordinals are
The
distributive
The
first
three are
singuli, -ae, -a,
bini, -ae, -a,
two
two by two
by three
335.
is
We have
its
We
Latin,
have had such expressions as per plurimos annos, for a great many
1
ivas distant by a
2 jsjgt lougius. Ablative of the measure of difference. * Not the accusative. smatt space.
Why?
'
145
is
Here
one of extent of time. We could also say per decern pedes, _/iir ten feet, where the space relation is one of extent of space. While this is correct
Latin, the usual
form
is
no preposition,
as,
munim
ran for a whole day decem pedes movit, Ccssar moved the wall ten feet
man
336.
Rule.
Accusative of Extent.
This accusative answers the questions how long? how far f Distinguish carefully between the accusative of time how long and the ablative of time when, or within which.
a.
b.
When did the general arrive ? He arrived at two o'clock. How long had he been marching? For four days. How far did he march? He marched sixty-five miles. Where has he pitched his camp? Three miles from the river, and he will remain there several days. The wall around the camp is ten feet high. When did the war begin ? In the first year after the king's
death.
337.
EXERCISES
CcBsar in Gaul.
Caesar helium
vicit,
in Gallia
septem annos
gessit.
sese dediderunt.
eodem anno multae Germanorum Multos iam annos German! Gallos vexaet
bant
Rhenum
saepe tradiicebant.^
Non
bant.
in
Galliam contende-
Qua de
rumorem audlvit, copias suas sine mora coegit. Prima luce fortiter cum Germanis proelium commTsit. Totum diem acriter pugnatum
est.
duxit.
Magna
pars exercitus
10
German!
Post
1
magnam caedem
Translate as
if
ad flumen fugerunt.
pluperfect
146
II.
I.
DEPONENT VERBS
Caesar. pitched
camp two
2.
He
forti-
fied the
high.
off
(was distant by a
great space).
5.
by the barbarians.
all their forces made an attack upon (in For two hours the Romans were hard pressed In three hours the barbarians were fleeing.
LESSON LX
DEPONENT VERBS
338.
A number of verbs
/ encourage ;
all
as, hortor,
vereor,
Ifear.
called deponent
Besides having
the future active infinitive and a few other active forms which will be noted
later.
339.
form,
The
course passive in
as,
Conj.
Conj. Conj. Conj.
I
II Ill {a)
sum, encourage
IV
conjugated
like
340.
The
most frequently
are
ante, before
ob,
of
behind
upon
inter,
a.
between,
among
list
of
Most
had before.
Review the
old ones
and learn
the
new
ones.
Review the
EXERCISES
341.
147
EXERCISES
Tres ex
finis
legatis, contra
2.
hostium
verebantur.
iis
?
Imperator eos
3.
hortatus est et
persuadere conatus
Quid
legates perterruit
Tamen omnes
Caesarem multo
Quia nee
sed
veriti sunt.
6.
5.
Quam
vinum nee
7.
alia
cognoscere potuit.
g.
Magna
10. Bar1 1
.
est.
bari
summis viribus eum ab insula prohibere conati autem barbaros multa milia passuum insecutus est equitatii eos consequi non potuit.
II.
I.
sunt.
;
Ille
tamen
sine
fled
From
all
who were being wounded. 3. Caesar did not 4. The cavalry set out at the to camp at the fourth hour. 5 Around first hour and was returning rampart twelve feet high. 6. Cassar will the Roman camp was a
allow the cavalry to pursue too far.^
''
.
7.
Nearly
all
the lieu-
to delay the
march.
?
Comparative of longe.
Will
tliis
PART
III
CONSTRUCTIONS
INTRODUCTORY NOTE
this book has been concerned chiefly with forms and There remain still to be learned the forms of the Subjunctive Mood, the Participles, and the Gerund of the regular verb, and the conjugation of the commoner irregular verbs. These will be taken up in connection with the study of constructions, which will be the chief subject of our future work.
vocabulary.
The special vocabularies of the preceding lessons contain, exclusive of proper names, about six hundred words. As these are among the commonest words in the language, they must be mastered. They properly form the basis of the study of words, and will be reviewed and used with but few additions in the remaining lessons. For practice in reading and to illustrate the constructions presented, a continued story has been prepared and may be begun at this point (see p. 204). It has been divided into chapters of convenient length to accompany progress through the lessons, but may be read with equal profit after the lessons are finished. The story gives an account of the life and adventures of Publius Cornelius Lentulus, a Roman boy, who fought in Cassar's campaigns and shared in his triumph. The colored plates illustrating the story are faithful representations of ancient life and are deserving of careful study.
148
Plate
III
CAPTIVI INTERROGAN^TUR
(See page 221)
149
LESSON LXI
THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD
342. In addition to the indicative, imperative, and infinitive moods,
mood
The
The
time.
No meanings
in the
344.
The
present subjunctive
is
inflected as follows
150
1.
ame mur
ame'mini
araen'tur
a.
b.
monea mur
monea'mini
monean'tur
rega'mur
rega'mini
regan'tur
capia
mur
audia'mur
2. 3.
capia'mini
capian'tur
audia'mmi
audian'tur
The present subjunctive is formed from the present stem. The mood sign of the present subjunctive is -e- in the first
and
-a- in the others.
It is
conjuga-
tion
(cf.
12), and
and
third conjuga-
The
d.
In a similar
way
sumo,
iacio, miinio.
345.
The present
subjunctive
of
the
irregular
verb
sum
is
inflected as follows
1.
sun
sis sit
Sing.
2.
3.
Plur.
i.
important of the
finite
moods
The
we
use
fact,
we
On
if
we wish
some such
ideas.
notion,
we must
The
Subjunctive Ideas
1.
He
is
brave
May
he be brave
Fortis est
2.
We
Statim proflciscimur
3.
3.
eum
audls
eum
bility)
Subjunctive Ideas
skip
4.
He
He
arrive
Exspectavit
ret
'^
dum
navis perreni-
(idea of expectation)
5.
the
5.
Ccesar sends
men who
are to
find {fix
Note. From the sentences above we observe that the subjunctive may be used in either independent or dependent clauses but it is far more common in the latter than in the former.
;
347.
EXERCISE
in the following paragraph
Which verbs
which
would be
?
in the indicative
and
in the history of
citizen.
Do you remember
the day
when Dewey sailed into Manila Bay to capture or destroy the enemy's fleet ? You might have seen the admiral standing on the bridge calmly
giving his orders.
He
Let us not
future add
may the
new
LESSON LXII
THE SUBJUNCTIVE OF PURPOSE
348. Observe the sentence
Caesar homines mittit qui pontem reperiant, Casar sends m.en
to find the bridge
The verb
because
it
is
in the
subjunctive
it tells
men
to
do
in other words,
subjunctive
152
349.
The subjunctive
is
used
principal clause.
350.
I.
clause of purpose
is
is
introduced as follows
If
something
wanted, by pronoun
(as
above)
quo
(abl.
when
The
ablative
(Cf. 317.)
If
something
is
not wanted, by
351.
1.
EXAMPLES
Caesar copias cogit quibus hostis insequatur
CcEsar cottects troops -with which to pursue the foe
2.
3.
Pacem petunt ut domum revertantur They ask for peace in order tliat they may return home Pontem faciunt quo facilius oppidum capiant They build a bridge that they may take the town more easily (lit. by which the more easity)
Fugiunt ne vulnerentur
4.
They
may
wounded
much more
as
infinitive,
We
She stoops
purpose
is
do not
353.
I.
let
you
EXERCISES
.
^^
1.
Veniunt ut
,_
.,
' .
2.
Fugimus ne
f
-^
153
Mittit nuntios
qui
4.
quo
II.
I.
facilius
The
They
are
may make a longer march before night. 3. They will hide the women in the forest {ace. with in) that they may not be captured. 4. The Gauls wage many wars to
setting out at
daybreak
from
slavery.
5.
They
will resist
the
Romans^
LESSON
LXIII
The
imperfect subjunctive
the
CoNj. II
CoNj. IV
audi'rem
audi'res
audi'ret
1.
ama'rem
ama'res
ama'ret
mone'rem
mone'res mone'ret
caperem
ca'peres
ca'peret
2. 3.
1.
amare'mus
amare'tis
monere'mus
monere'tis
regere'mus
regere'tis
capere'mus
capere'tis
audire'mus
audlre'tis
2.
3.
ama'rent
mone'rent
re'gerent
ca'perent
audi'rent
PASSIVE
I.
ama'rer
mone'rer
monere'tur
re'gerer
ca'perer
audj'rer
2.
3.
1.
amare'tur
regere'tur
capere'tur
audire'tur
2. 3.
amare'mur amare'mini
amaren'tur
a.
monere'mur
monere'inini
regere'mur
regere'mini
regeren'tur
capere'mur
capere'mini
caperen'tur
audire'mur
audire'mini
audlren'tur
moneren'tur
In a similar
way
1
inflect the
Not
infinitive.
Not
accusative.
154
355.
SEQUENCE OF TENSES
The
imperfect subjunctive of the irregular verb
sum
is
in-
fiected as follows
T.
esse
mus
Sing.
Plur.-
2. 3.
esse'tis
es'sent
356.
The
All tenses referring to present or future time are called primary tenses, and
Now
it is
a very
common
pendent clause should be of the same kind as the tense in the principal clause. In the sentence He says that he is coming, the principal verb, says, is present, that is, is in a primary tense and is coming, in the dependent in other clause, is naturally also primary. If I change he says to he said, I feel it words, if I make the principal verb secondary in character, natural to change the verb in the dependent clause also, and I say, He said that he was coming. This following of a tense by another of the same kind is called tense sequence, from sequi, " to follow."
;
is
when an
is
indicative
is
Then
a primary
followed by a second:
357.
SEQUENCE-OF TENSES
358.
155
Rule.
Sequence of Tenses.
Primary
by primary tenses
359.
I.
and secondary by
EXAMPLES
in principal
secondary.
Primary tenses
Mittit
I
Mittet
f-
Miserit J
r
sends
'will
that they
may 1
to
He
II.
J.
Secondary tenses
Mittebatl
Misit
I
J
"1
Miserat
was sending
i
360.
^^_
1.
had sent
\to
EXERCISES
rducerent, mitterent, viderent, audirent,
ut-^
Venerant
,_
^
2.
Fueiebat
,,_
.
ne-^
X.
Lnarrarent, audirentur,
f
,_ m conciho sederent.
.
.,._
4.
Castra mtanlverunt
sese defenderent,
impetum
sustinerent,
quo
II.
I
.
facilius
more
4.
bravely.
The
homes
to
wage war.
3.
The
be more
victory.
He
sent messengers to
Rome
to
announce the
156
LESSON LXIV
THE PERFECT AND PLUPERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE SUBSTANTIVE CLAUSES OF PURPOSE
361.
The
as follows
CONJ.
CONJ.
II
CONJ. Ill
CONJ. IV
. .
157
The
is
formed by combining
the perfect passive participle with sim, the present subjunctive of sum.
CONJ.
CONJ.
II
CONJ. Ill
CONJ. IV
amatus sim
ama'tus
ama'tus
sis sit
mo nitus
mo'nitus
Sim
sit
rec'tus
sim
cap'tus
sim
audi'tus
sim
2. 3.
mo'nitus sis
rec'tus sis
cap'tus sis
audl'tus sis
rec'tus sit
cap'tus sit
audi'tus sit
PLURAI,
1
ama'ti simus
ama'ti sitis
moniti simus
mo'niti sitis
mo'niti sint
rec'ti
simus
cap'ti
simus
audl'ti
simus
2. 3.
cap'ti sitis
cap'ti sint
audi'ti sitis
ama'ti sint
audl'ti sint
363.
The
is
formed by com-
bining the perfect passive participle with essem, the imperfect subjunctive of sum.
CONJ.
CONJ.
II
CONJ. Ill
CONJ. IV
2.
3.
amatus essem monitus essem rectus essem captus essem auditus essem amatus esses monitus esses rectus esses captus esses auditus esses amatus esset monitus esset rectus esset captus esset auditus esset
PLURAL
1
amata essemus moniti essemus recti essemus capti essemus auditi essemus
amatiessetis
2.
recti essetis
recti essent
capti essetis
capti essent
auditi essetis
auditi essent
3.
amatiessent
a.
In a similar
way inflect
of
ciiro,
364.
The
perfect
irregular verb
sum
Eerfect
fu'erim
fu'eris
fu'erit
Pluperfect
fuis'sem
fuis'ses fuis'set
fue'rimus
fue'ritis
fuisse'mus
fuisse'tis
fu'erint
fuis'sent
158
365.
substantive clause
is
a clause used
like
a noun,
as,
That the Tnen are afraid is clear enough (clause as He ordered them to call on him (clause as object)
subject)
have already had many instances of infinitive clauses used in this 213), and have noted the similarity between Latin and English usage in this respect. But the Latin often uses the subjunctive in substantive clauses, and this marks an important difference between the two
We
way
(cf.
languages.
366. Rule.
Substantive
Clauses
of
Purpose.
substantive
we should
ittfinitive.
EXAMPLES
1
2. 3.
The general ordered the soldiers to run He urged thejn to resist bravely He asked them to give the children food
Imperator
currerent
militibus
imperavit ut
cibum darent
4.
He
He
a.
out
5.
Monet ut
dotni
maneamus
The
all
367.
The
Learn the
list
hortor, urge
person ordered and a subjunctive clause of the thing ordered done) moneo, advise
demand, require
.
N.B
Remember
Iubeo
that iubeo,
order,
English.
(Cf. 213.1.)
eum
ei
venire,
I order him
to
come
In^ero
ut veniat,
I give
orders to
him
that he
is to
come
159
We ordinarily translate both of these sentences like the first, but the difference in meaning between iubeo and impero in the Latin requires the infinitive in the one case and the subjunctive in the other.
368.
I. I.
EXERCISES
Petit atque hortatur ut ipse dicat.
iter facerent.
4.
2.
ravit
ne per provinciam
3.
Caesar non
Helvetios
per provinciam
discederent.
6.
7. 5.
iter facere.
Postulavit ne
cum
Helvetiis aut
cum eorum
8. lis
sociis
bellum gererent.
Ab
II.
ils
quaesivi ne proficiscerentur.
domi manerent.
make the march ? ( Write this^entence 2. The faithless scouts persuaded him to set out at daybreak. 3. They wiU ask him not to inflict punishment. 4. He demanded that they come to the camp. 5. He advised
I.
Who ordered
Caesar to
and with
iubeo.)
them
to
tell
everything (omnia).
not forget that the English infinitive expressing purpose must be rendered by a Latin subjunctive. Review 352.
Note.
Do
l6o
LESSON LXV
THE SUBJUNCTIVE OF POSSUM VERBS OF FEARING
369. Learn the subjunctive of possum (495), and note especially
the position of the accent.
We
is
In
this class
we
happen or
If
that
will not,
and we
either
want
it
to
it
happen or we do
will not,
it
not.
we want
is init
troduced by ut.
will,
ne
is
used.
we do Owing to a
If
not want
difference
to
that
idiom
we
and ne by
that or
lest.
371.
timeo
EXAMPLES
1
veniat
timebo
timuero
l-utJ
J
[venerit
T fear, shallfear, shall have feared, that he will not come, has not come
timebam
timu!
"1
fveniret
lutJ
[venisset
timueramj
I fear
372. Rule. Subjunctive after Verbs of Fearing. Verbs of fearing are followed by a substantive clause of purpose introduced
by ut {that
nOt)
or ne {that or
lest).
THE PARTICIPLES
373.
I. I.
l6l
EXERCISES
Caesar verebatur ut supplicium captlvorum Gallis
ipsi
placeret.
Romani
ciam facerent.
4.
magnopere verebantur ne Helvetii iter per 3. Timebant ut satis rei frQmentariae mitti
5. 6.
provinposset.
Timuit ne impetimuit ne
numquam
7.
coming.
We fear that they are not coming. 3. We feared that they had come.
5.
They
all
Almost
LESSON LXVI
THE PARTICIPLES
374.
The
^
:
CONJ. I
CoNj.
IV
l62
a.
THE PARTICIPLES
The
present active and future passive participles are formed from the
participial stem.
is
present stem, and the future active and perfect passive participles are
The
In
to the present
stem.
the stem
declined like an adjective of one ending of the third declension. (Cf. 256.)
amans, loving
Base amant-
Stem amanti-
SiNGULAR
MASC.
Plural
AND FEM.
THE PARTICIPLES
63
a. Observe that the perfect participle of deponent verbs is passive in form but active in meaning. No other verbs have a perfect active participle.
is
On
Give the
The
The
an action occurring
insequentes
action of the
main verb
as, milites
Here
The
is
regularly pas-
sive
and corresponds
as, auditus,
The
etc.,
denotes
time after the action of the main verb. 377. Review 203, 204, and note the following model sentences:
1.
(lit.
Caesar profecturus
Romam
non exspectavit,
when about
to set
out
(lit.
about
saw
the
4.
after) he
5. Milites victi terga non verterunt, the soldiers, though they were conquered (lit. the soldiers conquered), did not retreat.
In each of these sentences the literal translation of the participle is given note, however, that its proper translation usually requires a clause beginning with some conjunction (when, since, after, though,
in parentheses.
We
etc.),
or a relative clause.
and do
64
378.
I.
I.
Aquila
Ira
commota
avis
3. Mllites
ab hostibus press!
tela iacere
non potuerunt.
4.
agmen progressus
cuti multis
5.
fortiter
pugInse-
octo milia
7.
passuum
cum
captivis
8.
9.
ad castra reverterunt.
interfectos vidit.
Romani
non commlserunt.
II.''-
I.
3.
When
When we had
5.
delayed
many
who
days,
we
I
and departed.
6.
While
living at
Rome
heard orators
much
The
soldiers
are fight-
LESSON LXVII
THE IRREGULAR VERBS VOLO, NOLO, MALO THE ABLATIVE WITH A PARTICIPLE, OR ABLATIVE ABSOLUTE
379. Learn the principal parts and conjugation of volo, wish; nolo
(ne
volo), be
volo), he
more
willing, prefer
( 497).
Note the
and
and
a.
infinitive,
(Cf. 354.)
These verbs are usually followed by the infinitive with or without a subject accusative as, volunt venire, they wish to comej volunt amicos venire, they wish their friends to come. The English usage is the same.^
;
Magistro laudante omnes pueri diligenter laborant, with the teacher praising, or since the teacher praises, or the teacher praising, all the boys
labor diligently.
^ In this exercise use participles for the subordinate clauses. the subjunctive of purpose is used after these verbs. (See 366.)
Sometimes
165
2. Caesare ducente nemo progredi timet, "with Casar leadings or when CcEsar leads, or if Ccesar leads, or Ccssar leading, no one fears to advance. 3. His rebus cognitis milites fiigenint, when this was known, or since
or these things having been learned, the soldiers fled. commisso multi vulnerati sunt, after the battle had begun, or when the battle had begun, or the battle having been joined, many were wounded.
this
4.
was known,
Proelio
a.
One
is
expressed in English by
50).
we have a
shows For example, in the first sentence the circumstance attending or accompanying the diligent labor of the boys is the praise of the teacher. This is clearly a with relation, and the ablative is the case to use. b. We observe, further, that the ablative and its participle are absolutely independent grammatically of the rest of the sentence. If we were to exparticiple in
noun and a
agreement in the
and the
translation
we should
is
independent or absolute.
ceedingly
rule,
lute.
ex-
common
we must not,
as a
employ the English absolute construction to translate the ablative absoThe attendant circumstance may be one of time (when or after), or one of cause (since), or one of concession (though), or one of condition (if). In each case try to discover the precise relation, and translate the ablative and its participle by a clause which will best express the thought.
381.
Rule.
Ablative Absolute.
agreement
is
used
find
In consequence we often i. The verb sum has no present participle. two nouns or a noun and an adjective in the ablative absolute with no participle expressed as, te duce, you (being) leader, with you as leader; patre
;
Note
infirmo,
noun and
participle that
The Gauls, having been conquered by Ccesar, returned home The Gauls having been conquered by Ccesar, the army returned hom-e
In a the subject is The Gauls havingbeen conquered by Casar, and we translate, Gain a Caesare
victi
domum
reverteiunt
66
EXERCISES
is
In b the subject is the army. The Gauls having been conquered by C(Esar nominative absolute in English, which requires the ablative absolute in
Latin,
and we
translate,
Gallis a Caesaxe victis exercitus
domum
revertit
deponent verbs have a perfect active participle compels a change of voice when translating from one language to the other. For example, we can translate Ccesar having encouraged the legions just as it stands, because hortor is a deponent verb. But if we wish to say Cmsar having conqiured the Gauls, we have to change the voice of the participle to the passive because vlnco is not deponent, and say, the Gauls having been conquered by Ccesar (see translation above).
3.
Note
The
(cf.
375. a) often
382.
I. I.
EXERCISES
Mavis, non
3. Noli,
5.
vis, vultis,
nolumus.
malle.
2.
Ut
nolit,
ut vellemus, ut ut
noUet,
malit.
nolite.
tis,
velle,
noluisse,
4. Vult,
mavultis,
6.
Clamoribus audl-
His rebus
g.
persuaserunt ut secum
iter facerent.
sibi
a Caesare quaerebant ut
principes ita responderunt.
praemia daret.
11.
Dux
12.
13.
pluris dies in
Helvetiorum finibus
morans multos
vicos incendit.
2.
You
We
wish, they
prefer. 4. Caesar, when he heard the rumor rumor having been heard), commanded (imperare) the legions to advance more quickly. 5. Since Caesar was leader, the men were
wiUing to
make
the journey.
6.
A few, terrified
7
After Caesar
Would
Not
longius.
Why
67
LESSON LXVIII
THE IRREGULAR VERB
383.
FIO
The verb
facio.
fiS, 6e
The
is
from
fit.
The compounds
Active Passive
regularly, as,
conficio, conficere, confeci, confectus
sum
all fled.
2.
Terror erat tantus ut non facile milites sese reciperent, the terror
so great that the soldiers did not easily recover themselves.
was
3.
(lit.
made
Each
of these sentences
is
a subordinate clause.
b.
The
principal clause
The
it is
The
construction
is
of
In the
last
fecit.
The
ut
= so
that not.
385.
Rule.
Subjunctive of Result.
Consecutive clauses of
re-
and have
subjunctive.
386.
found
larity
or bringing about.
There
is
great simiLatin.
If
the
expression
of
purpose and
of
result in
68
the sentence
affirmative, both
;
may be
introduced by ut
but
if
the sentence
has ne and the result clause ut non. Result clauses are often preceded
in the
tarn, ita,
sic (so),
and these
serve to point
a.
them
out.
Compare
/le
b.
Graviter
vulneratus
est
ut
was so severely wounded that he was captured He was severely wounded in order
that he might be captured
caperetur
Which sentence
388.
I. I. Fit, fiet,
how
is it
pointed out
EXERCISES
ut
fiat,
fis,
fiebamus.
fiemus.
4.
2.
fieri, fiunt.
3. Fietis,
ut fiamus,
Mllites erant
5
.
noctem
6.
in castra
non pervenirent.
Sol f acit
nemo
proficisci vellet.
Equites hosnostri
tium
cum
tamen ^ ut
omnibus
fecit
ut hostes ne
tam parvum ut
facto
unum quidem ^ impetum sustinerent. 9. Homines modo continerl possent. 10. Spatium erat mllites tela iacere non facile possent. 1 1 Hoc proelio
.
barbari
ita
perterriti
sunt ut ab ultimis
gentibus legatl ad
Caesarem mitterentur.
12.
Hoc
Caesarem
mitterentur.
H.
2. It
I. It will
it
may
happen.
happens, he
lest
be made, to happen.
4.
3.
They
are made,
we were
conquer.
being made,
conquer.
6. 5.
happen.
The
soldiers are so
The
may
was made so strong that it could not be taken. fortification was made strong in order that it might not be 7. taken. 8. After the town was taken,* the townsmen feared that they would be made slaves. 9. What state is so weak that it is unwilling
fortification
The The
to defend itself
1 ita
emphatic word
^ ne tamen, with such a result however. quidem, not even. is placed between. ^ Ablative absolute.
. .
.
The
169
LESSON LXIX
THE SUBJUNCTIVE OF CHARACTERISTIC OR DESCRIPTION THE PREDICATE ACCUSATIVE
389. Akin to the subjunctive of consequence or result
is
the use
This construction
1
is
his
own home ?
Erant qui hoc facere noUent, there were (some)
this.
2.
to
do
3.
Tu non
is es
man
to,
ox you
character as to fear
a.
tells
Each of these examples contains a descriptive relative clause which what kind of a person or thing the antecedent is. To express this
is
used.
A relative clause
indicative.
Compare the
Ccesar
Ccesar
is
the
man who
is
is
(mere statement of
is
fact,
no
a demonstrative pronoun and a such a one as to, the m.an to. c. In which of the following sentences would you use the indicative and in which the subjunctive
b.
Observe that in
this construction
'i
men
do this
390.
Rule.
Subjunctive of Characteristic.
is often
relative
clause
used
to
describe an antecedent.
I/O
2.
Romans.
a.
(i)
Observe
in
the direct object, Caesarem; (2) a second object, consulem, referring to the same person as the direct object and completing the predicate. The
second accusative
b.
is
changed to the passive both of becoming the subject and \h^ predicate accusative ihe predicate nominative.
the accusatives
direct object
392.
showing,
Rule. Two
Accusatives.
calling,
and
the like,
object.
may
become nominatives.
393.
accusatives are
make
394.
I.
EXERCISES
In Germaniae
silvls
2.
I.
sunt
reliquls
dis-
in locis
non
visa sint.
domo
domi
cedere possent.
3. Erat-'
manus
nulla,
4.
Toto frumento
5.
Romani Galbam ducem creaverunt et summa celeritate profecti sunt. 6. Neque erat-' tantae multitudinis quisquam qui morari vellet. 7. Germani non ii sunt qui
adventum Caesaris vereantur.
1
8.
vellent
Remember
is,
that
when
the verb
sum precedes
2
its
subject
it
is
translated
there
CUM
171
creare.
g.
asset
2.
The Romans
the
Rome.
The
city
was
called
Rome by
king.
4.
Romans.
The
6.
him
The brave
soldier
There was
no one
friends.
'to call
7.
me
friend.
They
men
LESSON LXX
THE CONSTRUCTIONS WITH THE CONJUNCTION CUM THE ABLATIVE OF SPECIFICATION
395.
The
:
conjunction
cum has
structions
cum TEMPORAL
subjunctive
cum CAUSAL = since, followed by the subjunctive cum CONCESSIVE = although, followed by the subjunctive
As you
observe, the
sometimes subjunctive.
is
this will
Caesarem
vidi
tum cum
in Gallia eram, T
saw
when J was
2.
in Gaul.
cum pacem
peterent, Ccesar
made an
Hoc erat difiScile cum pauci sine vulneribus essent, this was difficult, a few were w.ithout wounds. 4. Cum primi ordines fugissent, tamen reliqui fortiter consistebant, though the front ranks hadfled, yet the rest bravely stood their ground.
3.
since only
The underlying principle is one already familiar to you (cf. 389. a). the cum clause states a fact and wca^j fixes the tiine at which the main action took place, the indicative mood is used. So, in the first example, cum in Gallia eram fixes the time when I saw Caesar.
a.
When
See
389. b.
172
b.
when
the
cum
So, in
attack,
and the cum clause describes the circumstances under which this act occurred. The idea of time is also present, but it is subordinate to the idea of description. Sometimes the descriptive clause is one of cause and we translate cum by since; sometimes it denotes concession and cum is translated although,
396.
Rule.
07'
when, since,
it
although.
its
much more
common
than
its
1. Oppidum erat parvum magnitudine sed magnum multitudine hominum, the town was small in size but great in population.
2.
Homo
Observe that magnitudine, multitudine, corpore, and anim5 tell in respect something is true. The relation is one covered by the ablative case, and the construction is called the ablative of specification.
a.
what
398.
Rule.
in
Ablative of Specification.
is true.
The ablative
is
used
to
denote
399.
IDIOMS
aliquem certiorem facere, some one more certain')
certior fieri, to be
iter dare, to give
to
(lit.
to
make
400.
I.
EXERCISES
Helvetii
consulis
venit,
I.
profecti
in
in
essent,
in
fugam dederant.
agros
petebant.
2.
Cum
Caesar
Galliam
citeriore
alios
3.
Caesar
cum
G^lia
tamen de Helvetiorum
173
Cum
dare recusavit.
audivisset,
Caesarem
certio-
rem
fecit.
6.
Cum
RomanI helium
9.
paraverunt.
ficiscl.
7.
Caesar,
cum
id
nuntiatum
esset,
8.
Ne
virtu te
quidem
Caesar
cum Caesar
in
fuit consul.
Observe
for
its
use.
each case what mood follows cum, and try to give the reasons In the third sentence the cum clause is concessive, in the fourth
and sixth
II.
I.
causal.
That
2
.
battle
at
Rome.
the
Though
was fought at the time when (tum cum) I was the horsemen were few in number, nevertheless
to
3. When the camp had been sufficiently fortienemy returned home. 4. Since the tribes are giving hostages each other, we shall inform Cassar. 5 The Gauls and the Germans
.
LESSON LXXI
VOCABULARY REVIEW THE GERUND AWD GERUNDIVE THE PREDICATE GENITIVE
401
.
lists
in
510, 511.
to translate the sentence
Suppose we had
By
We
the abla-
To
translate this
is
infinitive
would be
of cor-
noun
second declension
in
Hence,
to
infinitive is
used as an accusative.
174
cases, as follows
Nom.
Gen.
overcoming "
\
J-
NFINITIVE
yto overcome
superandi, of overcoming
Dat.
Ace.
superandum, overcoming
superandS, by overcoming
Gerund
Abl.
Like the
infinitive,
which
it is
derived.
same case as the verb from So the sentence given above becomes in Latin
magnam
gloriam reportavit
-ndi, -ndo,
403.
The gerund ^
is
formed by adding
is
-ndum, -nd5,
to
below
175
Compare
Gerund
Gen. Spes faciendi pacem
Gerundive
Spes faciendae pads The hope of making peace Locus idoneus castris ponendis A place suitable for pitching camp Misit equites ad insequendos hostis He sent horsemen to pursue the
A place
He
suitable
for fighting
enemy
Abl. Narrand5 fabulas maglster
pueris placuit
We
observe
That the gerund is a noun and the gerundive an adjective. That the gerund, being a noun, may stand alone or with an object. That the gerundive, being an adjective, is used only in agreement
with a noun.
406.
Gerundive.
The Gerund
is
a verbal
noun and
the
The constructions of these cases are iti general same as those of other nouns. 2. The Gerundive is a verbal adjective and must be used instead of gerund + object excepting in the genitive and in the ablative without a preposition. Even in these instances the
ablative singular.
gerundive construction
407.
is m-ore
usual.
Rule. Gerund or Gerundive of Purpose. The accusative ^ of the gerund or gerundive with ad, or the genitive with causa
i=for
the sake of), is used to express purpose.
Gerund
Gerundive
Ad audiendum venerunt or
Audiendi causa venerunt
Ad urbem videndam
They came
venerunt or
They cam.e
to
hear
1
176
of purpose,
Note. These sentences might, of course, be written with the subjunctive venerunt ut audirent venerunt ut urbem viderent. In short expressions, however, the gerund and gerundive of purpose are rather more common.
408.
We
sessor of something
If,
horse.
now,
we wish
to
Galba's, Galba
but
now
Hence
409.
Rule.
Predicate Genitive.
often
forms
of sum,
and
IDIOMS
negotium dare,
to
employ some
07ie
(lit.
to
give
to be
a revolution
(lit.
eager for
se suaque
new
things')
very skillful in the art of war omnia, themselves and all their possessions
411.
I. 1.
EXERCISES
Caesar
cum
rei
in
Gallia
bellum
gereret,
militibus
decimae
2. Sociis
legionis
maxime
peritissimi erant.
3.
negotium dedit
friimentariae
ctirandae.
Legati
4.
5.
non solum
iussit
Imperator
muniendo
et
reperire.
Hoc
proelio facto
8.
quidam ex hostibus ad pacem petendam venerunt. Erant qui arma tradere nollent. 9. Hostes tam celeriter progress!
10.
Spatium neque
auxili petendi
^
datum
est.
is
Which
of these expressions
i-jj
to Cornelia.
2.
Men
3.
very
skillful
in the art of
The
4.
is
scouts
found a
hill
Soon the
eager
cavalry will
come
5.
The mind
6.
of the Gauls
for revolution
* belongs
To
to the general.
^Whom
shall
we employ
grain supply?
LESSON LXXII
THE lEREGULAE VERB EO
INDIRECT STATEMENTS
to,
go ( 499).
Notice that
i-,
is
changed to
compounds
of eo with prepositions
abla-
from which
enter upon, with the accusative
ad or
in
which
exact language.
Indirect
statements
different
Compare
form of words from that used by the speaker or the following direct and indirect statements
The Gauls are brave 2. ii. The Gauls were brave 3. The Gauls will be brave
^ Use the gerundive with ad. 1 belong to = are of. ^ Use the genitive ^ Compare the first sentence. with causa. Where should causa stand? 6 Compare the second sentence in the Latin above.
178
INDIRECT STATEMENTS
Indirect statements
after
f i
"^
.
a verb in
2.
a verb
in-{ 2.
a past tense
[3.
He says that the He says that the He says that the He said that the He said that the He said that the
brave
Gauls
had been
brave
We
a.
The
tion that.
b.
c.
finite (cf. 1 73) and its subject is in the nominative. of the verbs originally used are changed after the past
tense,
He
said.
fortes
{He says
or
He
said the
Gauls
Indirect
'
to be
brave)
(He says or
He
said
Statements
the
3.
Gauls
to
(He says or He
^
to be
about
to be brave)
we observe
three
marked
differences
no conjunction corresponding to that. The verb is in the infinitive and its subject is in the accusative. The tenses of the infinitive are not changed after a past tense of the
is
There
principal verb.
416.
Rule.
Indirect Statements.
When a
comes
changed
and
its
infinitive.
1 These parenthetical renderings are not inserted show the Bteral meaning of the Latin-
to
::
INDIRECT STATEMENTS
417. Tenses of the Infinitive.
179
When
direct to
the
indirect
became
418.
esse, erant
became
fuisse,
Rule. indicative of a
indirect,
Infinitive
A present
and a
de-
When
first
cide what tense of the indicative would have been used in the direct form. That
419.
Rule. Verbs
followed
by
Indirect Statements.
The accusa-
telling,
knowing, thinking,
telling
say
announce
Verbs of knowing
cognosco, cognoscere, cognovi, cognitus, learn, (in the perf.)
scio, scire, scivi, scitus,
know
know
sum, think, consider
c.
Verbs of thinking
arbitror, arbitrari, arbitratus
hope
Verbs of perceiving
audio, audire, audivi, auditus, hear
sentio, sentire, sensi, senaxia, feel, perceive
to you.
l8o
421.
EXERCISES
IDIOMS day
(lit.
memoria
tenere, to
422.
I.
EXERCISES
imus,
ite, Tre.
I. It,
2.
ut eant,
ibitis, is.
4. N,e irent,
ibant, ierat.
6.
5.
de f inibus suls
exitflros esse.
Legati responderunt
Principes Gallorum
8.
10.
Ro-
mani negant
nitis
sciunt
Romanes
priores_ victorias
memoria
tenere.
13. Socil
cum
in-
14. Aliquis
slow.
2.
Marcum consulem creatum esse. The boy is slow. He says that the boy is, was, (and) will be The horse is, has been, (and) will be strong. He judged that
3.
We
army
miles
will
at the
beginning of summer.
The
next day
we
5.
off.^
The king
replied
that
the ornaments
belonged to^
the queen.
1 to be off, to be distant,
abesse.
l8l
LESSON LXXIII
VOCABULARY REVIEW THE IRREGULAR VERB FERO THE DATIVE WITH COMPOUNDS
lists in
513, 514.
fero,
Learn the
fero,
principal parts
pounds of
bear
at'tuli, adla'tus,
ad 'fero, adfer're,
bring to ; report
bring
425.
tive
The
(cf.
dative
is
Many
intransi-
verbs take an indirect object and are therefore used with the
153).
dative
cusative';
The whole
of verbs,
dative,
depends upon
an
indirect object.
number
some
transitive
and some
intransitive,
which
in their simple
form would not take an indirect object, when compounded with certain prepositions, have a meaning which calls for an indirect object. Observe the following sentences
r
1. Haec res exercitui magnam calamitatem brought great disaster to the army.
attulit, this
circumstance
2.
Germani
the
Gauls.
3.
Hae copiae
proelio
the battle.
4.
ing enemy. 5. Galba c5pils filium praefecit, Galba put his son in
troops.
command of the
82
426.
Rule.
Some
verbs
compoimded
admit
with
ad, ante, con, de, in, inter, ob, post, prae, pro, sub, super,
Transitive compounds
may
and a
'
dative.
Note
i.
Among
bring
to
report
grant, confer
be wanting, be lacking
in
command of
,
be over, be in
command
427.
IDIOMS
graviter or moleste ferre, to be
at,
annoyed
at, to be
indignant
alicui
ad or in, with the accusative, to betake one's self to helium inferre, to make war upon some one pedem referre, to retreat (lit. to bear back the foot)
se conferre
428.
I.
I
.
EXERCISES
Fer, f erent, ut f erant, f erunt
2
.
rant. 3.
pedem
moleste ferebant
Romanos
agros vastare.
7.
Caesar
sociis
imperavit
ne
finitimis suTs
bellum
inf errent.
defessum sese
in alium
et
locum
contulisse.
8.
summum
Impedi-
mentis in tinum locum conlatis, aliqui mllitum fiumen quod non longe
1
in is
idea of motilfn
or against
is
strong.
THE SUBJUNCTIVE
aberat transierunt.
10.
IN INDIRECT QUESTIONS
183
Hos
Quern imperator
litterlsque
ill!
legioni praefecit
Publius
crebri
illi
legioni praeerat.
12.
in citeriore Gallia,
quoque
allies.
certior flebat
The Gauls
will
Caesar's
2.
We
heard
allies.
3.
Publius did
We
5
.
in
command
of
the cavalry
place
you
in
command
LESSON LXXIV
VOCABULARY REVIEW
429. Review the word
430.
lists in
517, 518.
it
When we
directly,
we
So,
if
we
report a question
directly,
we have an
indirect question.
Direct Question
Indirect Question
Who
a.
He
An
upon a verb
of ask-
ing (as peto, postulo, quaero, rogo) or upon some verb or expression of saying
or mental action.
(Cf. 420.)
431.
Compare
Direct
.
Indirect
He
Quis Gallos vincit?
asks
who
is
conquering the
Gauls
Rogavit quis Gallos vlnceret
Who
is
He
1
the Gauls
to,
it
is
dative;
footnote, p. 182.
'
Not the
infinitive.
(Cf. 352.)
84
Ubi
THE SUBJUNCTIVE
est
IN INDIRECT
a.
QUESTIONS
is
He
b.
a.
num
He
Caesarne Gallos vicit?
the Gauls
b.
Rogavit
num
He
a.
The verb
is
in a direct question
is
mood
b.
c.
The
as
210)
on becoming
432.
by num, whether.
Rule.
Indirect Questions.
and
determined by the
law for
433.
tense sequence.
IDIOMS
de tertia vigilia,
in reliquum
434.
I. I.
EXERCISES
Rex
2.
Quaesivit quoque
num
nee recentis
3.
iniurias
rum
oppugnaverint
lerint?
5.
4.
Nonne
scitis
montem
sese contu6.
Audivimus quas
Pro
iniflrias
German!
intulissent.
De
tertia vigilia
natura montis.
navis ad
his orator
verba
fecit et rogavit
cur consules
8.
plenum summi
periculi
locum mittere
9.
vellent.
Legatis
fieri vellet.
185
Gallorum
concilio
esset.
10.
Moneo ne
2.
What hill
I see
what
hill
?
they seized.
3.
4.
Who
had
inflicted
go about the
watch
You know whither I went. 5 At what home ? I will ask at what time the boys
LESSON LXXV
VOCABULARY REVIEW
435. Review the word
lists in
a camp. 2. Hoc
3.
magno impedimento
Gallis, this
was
left
(for)
a great hindrance
to the Gauls.
a guard
castris reliquit,
he
In each of these sentences we find a dative expressing the purpose or end These datives are is intended or for which it serves.
and
As you
to
which.
(Cf. 43.)
Rule.
The dative
is
used
to
denote the purpose or end for which, often with another dative
affected.
IDIOMS
consilium omittere, to give up a plan
locum
alicui
a place for a c^np of great advantage to some one (^it. for great advantage to some one)
castris deligere, to choose
magn5
usui esse, to be
86
439.
I. I.
Responderunt
illas
deligendum
castris.
3.
magno
terror! barbaris
futurum
esse.
4.
proelium acre commisit, sed gravia suorum vulnera magnae curae imperatori erant.
5.
Rex
?
Roman!
sibi
orna-
mento
et praesidio
socii
debere esse.
7.
auxilio
Caesari
miserant
8. Gallis
erat
moria pristinae
magno
II.
usui.
10.
Tam
^to give
brave Gauls.
for a
camp
4.
3.
fear of the
enemy
be of great advantage to
you.
5.
Caesar
In winter the waves of the lake are so great *that they are
6.
who burned
LESSON LXXVI
VOCABULARY REVIEW
440. Review the word
lists
in 524, 525.
A man of great courage, or (2) A man with great courage A forest of tall trees, or (4) A forest with tall trees
In
is
Each
the
first
two a man
*
described
in the last
two a
forest.
The
descriptive
187
very similar.
The
respectively,
(i) (3)
and we translate the sentences above Vir magnae virtutis, or (2) Vir magna virtute
Silva altarum arbonim, or
(4)
There
is,
the English.
we may
man
of courage,
In Latin,
be in either case.
442.
1.
EXAMPLES
and a
2.
Fossa duodecim tiedum, a ditch of twelve feet. Homo magnis pedibus et parvo capite, a man with big feet
vir
small head. 3. Rex erat vir summa audacia or rex erat was a man of the greatest boldness.
443.
summae
Rule.
Genitive
of
Description.
Numerical
descriptions
444.
Rule.
Ablative of Description.
Descriptions of physical
445.
Rule.
Genitive or
Ablative of Description.
Descriptions
may
IDIOMS
animo
est, the
Helvetii intend
(lit.
it is
in
mind
to
the Helvetians)
in
nihil posse, to
matrimonium dare, to give in marriage have no power fossam perducere, to construct a ditch (lit. to lead a ditch through)
88
447.
I.
I.
EXERCISES
EXERCISES
Milites fossam decern
2.
pedum summae
per eorum
finis
perduxerunt.
Eorum
fere
amicitiam con-
Romanis bellum
gentis.
6. Galli
5.
inferret.
Omnes
qui oppidum fortiter defendebant muro iaciebant. 7. Cum Caesar ab exploratoribus quaereret qui illud oppidum incolerent, exploratores responderunt cos esse homines summa virtute et magno consilio. 8. Moenia viginti pedum a sinistra parte, et a dextra parte fliimen magnae altitudinis oppidum defendebant. 9. Cum Caesar in Galliam
magnis corporum
animo esse
iter
per provinciam
Romanam
II.
I.
facere.
and very
size,
skillful in
of great of the
Men
gage.
4.
The
king's
of a neighboring state,
5.
beautiful appearance.
The
6.
A
1
From
(Cf. 468.)
adjective phrases.
When we
is,
high or
we must
above multa milia passuum is an adverbial phrase (accusative of extent) modifying longam. If we should omit longam and say a fortification of many miles, the genitive of description (an adjective phrase) modifying miinitionem would be used, as munitionem multorum milium passuum.
in the sentence
For example,
REVIEW OF AGREEMENT
189
LESSON LXXVII
REVIEW OF AGREEMENT, AND OF THE GENITIVE, DATIVE, AND ACCUSATIVE
448. There are four agreements:
1
to
which
2.
That of the
( 65).
noun
3.
4.
its
subject ( 28).
its
That of a
relative
pronoun with
antecedent ( 224).
is,
449.
The
relation expressed
by the genitive
It is
in general,
denoted
in English
by the preposition
(a. [a.
of.
used to express
As
attributive ( 38).
( 409).
2.
The whole
of which a part
is
3.
450.
in
The
relation expressed
by the dative
to
is,
in general,
denoted
or for
used to express
f a.
With
intransitive verbs
and with
transitive
The
indirect object
b.
c.
With
ad, ante,
2.
The
is
directed ( 143).
3.
The
go
451.
objective.
1.
It is
used to express
a transitive verb ( 37).
2.
direct object of
( 34)5.
6.
The The
452.
I. I.
EXERCISES
Milites quos vidimus dixerunt
2.
imperium
belli
esse Caesaris
imperatoris.
Helvetii statuerunt
3.
rum
runt.
et
carrorum cogere.
4.
Viri
summae
virtutis hostis
decem
milia
passuum
consulem
tissima.
insecuti sunt.
crearet.
7.
6.
Caesar populo
Romano
persuasit ut se
semper imperatori graGenavam, in oppidum^ hostium, pervenerunt. 9. Caesar audlvit Germanos bellum Gallis intulisse. 10. Magno usui militibus Caesaris erat quod prioribus proeliis sese
Victoria exercitus erat
8.
Triduum
iter
fecerunt et
exercuerant.
tured.
3.
One^ of the king's sons and many of his men were capThere was no one who wished* to appoint her queen. The grain supply was always a care (for a care) to Caesar, the
II.
I.
2.
general.
4. I
think
that
the
camp
is
ten
miles
distant.
6.
5.
We
plan
forest.
The
7.
allies
to the king.
wall.
When
he came
1
he
fortified
by a twelve-foot
?
What
is
the force of
in
quam with
superlatives
itive to a
name
*
^
What construction is * What mood? preference to the partitive genitive.' ^ Use the gerund or gerundive. 'Latin, by a wall of twelve feet.
of a town, takes a preposition.
191
LESSON LXXVIII
REVIEW OF THE ABLATIVE
453.
lish
The
Eng-
from
(or by),
and
in (or at).
The
hy)'.
Cause
( 102)
(
2.
Means
103)
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Accompaniment ( 104) Manner ( 105) Measure of difference ( 317) With a participle (ablative absolute)
Description or quality ( 444, 445)
Specification ( 398)
381)
8.
II.
2.
3. 4.
309)
2.
Time when
454.
I.
EXERCISES
Galli locis superioribus occupatis itinere exercitum prohibere
2.
I.
conantur.
inceperunt.
Omnes
3.
cariorem.
4.
Cum
omnium
eum
obsides miserunt.
6.
Vicus
in valle positus
montibus
altissimis
Plurimum inter Gallos haec gens et virtute et hominum numero valebat. 7. Secunda vigilia nuUo certo ordine neque imperio e castris egressi sunt. 8. Duabus legionibus Genavae relictis,
undique continetur.
192
domum
domo
12.
profectus
est.
9.
exire possent.
potentia.
10.
Rex
erat
summa
progrediantur.
13.
gestum
est.
II.
The
his
3.
(men) from
This tribe
is
in laws.
much
5.
^ten miles
In
summer Cassar carried on war in Gaul, in 6. At midnight the general set out from
7. I
camp with
all
three legions.
fear that
'
your-
finished peace
was
made by
LESSON LXXIX
REVIEW OF THE GERUND AND GERUNDIVE, THE TIVE, AND THE SUBJUNCTIVE
455.
INFINI-
The gerund
is
is
dative, accusative,
and
The
same
is
as those of other
i).
456.
The gerundive
of gerund
+ object,
without a preposition.
struction
is
Even
more usual
( 406. 2).
457.
I.
The
infinitive is
used
As
As
in English.
a.
6.
To
As
incomplete
predication
(complementary
c.
commanding,
too far.
'
193
of saying
In the principal sentence of an indirect statement after verbs and mental action. The subject is in the accusative (416,
418, 419).
458.
The subjunctive is used 1. To denote purpose ( 349, 366, 372). 2. To denote consequence or result ( 385,
:
386).
3. 4. 5.
In relative clauses of characteristic or description ( 390). In cum clauses of time, cause, and concession ( 396). In indirect questions ( 432).
459.
I. I.
EXERCISES
Caesar,
capiendi omitterent.
Rex,
castris
prope oppidum
Romanus
esset.
3.
Nemo
suos
relinquebatur qui
arma
ferre posset.
4.
armorum multitudinem de
transire flumen iussit.
6.
Dux
recusaverunt.
Hoc rumore
omnium animos
vellent.
itineri faciendo.
occupavit
ut
ne fortissimi
quidem proelium
committere
Tarn
acriter
occlderentur.
Quid times
not see
Timeo ne Romanis
is
in
animo
sit
totam
Do you
who
2.
We
hear
3.
Since the
Germans thought
that the
Romans
4.
When
was
5.
finished, the
They feared
6.
The
traders advised
sea.
8.
1
He
quaerere ab.
infinitive,
ad.
READING MATTER
INTRODUCTORY SUGGESTIONS
How
ing
to Translate.
You have
and have learned that the guide to the meanIf these are neglected,
no
skill
many
difficulties
remain.
suggestions
1.
Read Read
the
nominatives or accusatives.
called
This
may
be
subject,
verb, and
object.
3.
Look up
If
in the sentence
4.
from
their endings.
down
the Eng-
lish
meanings of
will
same order as
You
5.
a.
b.
c.
Be
Translate together prepositions and the nouns which they govern. Translate adverbs with the words that they modify.
d.
Make
sense.
If
One
6.
When
and
the sentence
is
again,
try to understand
English translation.
194
195
of
all,
may
always
if
transitive, will
is,
have a direct
object.
you
will usually
be able to recognize
subject, verb,
difficulty.
and object or predicate complement without any These will give you the leading thought, and they must
while making out the rest of the sentence.
never be
lost sight of
The
a
from the
we
and substantive clauses and phrases. For example, in the sentence The idle boy does not study, the word idle is an adjective.
In The boy wasting his time does not study, the words wasting his time
boy.
who
complex.
These
In translating,
it is
To
distinguish
is
that
marks words
as a clause
and that
join clauses to
word usually stands the words they depend on, and are
this
first.
These
called subor-
dinate conjunctions..
They
since, because,
Form
conjunctions as you meet them, and of noting carefully the the verb in the clauses which they introduce.
mood
of
"'"
'""'<'i
"r;,ui n,
im
)uiyj
]j
,^W
HERCULES
196
197
hood he succeeded in delivering the Thebans from the oppression of the Minyae. In a fit of madness, sent upon him by Juno, he slew his own children; and, on consulting the Delphic oracle
as to
how he should
this crime,
cleanse himself
to sub-
from
he was ordered
mit himself for twelve years to Eurystheus, king of Tiryns, and to perform
whatever tasks were appointed him. Hercules obeyed the oracle, and during
the twelve years of his servitude accomplished twelve extraordinary feats
as the Labors of Hercules. His death was caused, unintentionally, by his wife Deiani'ra. Hercules had shot with his poisoned arrows a centaur named Nessus, who had insulted Deianira. Nessus, before he died, gave some of his blood to Deianira, and told her HERCULES ET SEKPENTES it would act as a charm to secure her husband's love. Some time after, Deianira, wishing to try the charni, soaked one of her husband's garments in the blood, not knowing that it was poisoned. Hercules put on the robe, and, after suffering terrible torments, died, or was
known
carried off
LIII.i
qui legibus'
deorum
mortem
curantur.
gratissima quae
summum
erat immortalitas.
omnium hominum
may be
198
Hercules
et
Alcmena erant
nocte
Ibi
Hercules,
non
5
Turn
com-
motus,
vocavit, sed
Hercules
ipse, fortior
quam
manibus
LIV.
bus exercebat
10
et
Iam
adulescens
vali-
Thebis' habitabat.
dissima,
Creon quidam
et,
erat rex.
Minyae, gens
Hercules autem
"Da
Hanc
mihi
con-
reciisavit, et
Tum
commisit.
sustinere
Diu pugnatum
sed denique
non potuerunt
et terga verterunt
matrimonium
dedit.
Thebis Hercules
;
diu
vivebat et ab omnibus
magnopere amabatur
manu
Hoc autem
Ea
consilium dabat
^ ^ *
iis
to
her, referring
to Juno.
et
both
and.
"
domum,
'
501.20.
501. 36.
1.
vires,
from vis.
in
Cf. 468.
^Thebis,
coegit,
lit.
from
cogo.
in furorem incidit,
went mad.
ad
sanitatem reductus,
What
good
English.'
199
Pythia
iussit
servitutem tradidit et
"Quid primum,
rex,
me
eum
Hercules
in valle
illo
Nemaea omnia
vastat
libe-
te,
monstro homines
placuerunt.
' Quae, obj. of audivit. It is placed first to make a close connection with the preceding sentence. This is called a connecting ^ occidi; pres. pass, infin. ' mira, marvelous thiftgs, the adj. relative. being used as a noun. Cf. omnia, in the next line.
200
in silvas
in
Mox
feram
et pluris
tillo alio
impetus
frustra
sagittis
neque
telo
monstrum
vulnerare'
Hoc modo
brevi
tempore eum
interfecit.
Turn corpus
leonis
ad oppidum in umeris
Omnes autem
amplissimis.
qui
eam
LVI.
lo
Deinde Hercules ab Eurystheo iussus est Hydram occldere. Itaque cum amico lolao* contendit ad paludem Lernaeam ubi Hydra incoleHoc autem monstrum erat serpens ingens quae novem capita bat. habebat. Mox is monstrum repperit et summo* cum penculo coUum eius sinistra manu rapuit et tenuit. Tum dextra manu capita novem
abscidere incepit, sed frustra laborabat, quod quotiens hoc fecerat
totiens alia
15
Quod^
Itaque
cremare.
Hoc modo
quod
extremum caput
vulnerari
non
potuit,
erat immortale.
illud
LVII.
20
Postquam Eurystheo mors Hydrae nQntiata est, summus terror aniItaque iussit Herculem capere et ad se reportare cervum quendam nam minime cupivit tantum virum in regno suo tenere. Hie autem cervus dicebatur aurea cornua et pedes multo"
Primum Hercules
vidit,
cervum ipsum
Per
p^g^
y-^^.
instead
of.
o I-o-ld'tis, the
^
of this adjective.
Quod
1.
3.
multo, 501*27.
201
cepit
ita dicitur
ad Eurystheum
portavit.
est
temper-
magnopere
celeriter se
sese
mox aprum repperit. Ille autem, simul atque Herculem quam' celerrime fiigit et metti perterritus in fossam altam abdidit. Hercules tamen summa cum difficultate eum extraxit,
statim
tillo
nee aper
portatus
modo
et vivus
ad Eurystheum
est.
LVIII.
HERCULES CLEANS THE AUGE'AN STABLES AND KILLS THE STYMPHALIAN BIRDS
tempore regnum
Deinde Eurystheus Herculi hunc laborem multo graviorem imperavit. Augeas^ quidam, qui
illo
boum*
habebat.
triginta
Hi
Hoc
stabulum,
quod per
ijnius diei
purgare iussus
maximam fossam fodit per quam flilminis aquam de montibus ad murum stabuli dilxit. Tum partem parvam miiri delevit et aquam in stabulum immlsit. Hoc modo finem operis
labore gravissimo
fecit
mum
uno
die facillime.
iter fecit
;
nam
20
Eurystheus iusserat
ferrea habebant et
eum
Hae
aves rostra
Ille,
quo aves
incolebant.
;
Niillo
lacus
auras volaverunt et
^
magna
quam.
in
What
is
the force of
quam with
a superlative?
''Augeas, pro-
nounced
*
English Aw-je'as.
' Elidis,
^ ingenti stabul5, boum, gen. plur. of bos. For construction see 501. 11. ^ constitit, means, but in our idiom we should say in a huge stable. ' de aliqua causa perterritae, frightened for some reason. from consto.
abl. of
202
LIX.
Turn Eurystheus
ventus erat idoneus
gavit,
5
insula Creta
atque
Mox
insula
taurum
labore
vidit ac sine
corripuit.
Tum
ingenti
monstrum ad navem
discessit.
HERCULES ET TAURUS
Postquam ex insula Creta domum pervenit, Hercules ab Eurystheo Thraciam missus est. Ibi Diomedes quidam, vir saevissimus, regobtinebat et omnis a finibus suis prohibebat.
num
Hercules iussus
erat equos
Diomedis rapere
et
ad Eurystheum ducere.
Hi autem equi
Deinde
Itaque
est.
ille
ira
commotus regem
occidit et
tradidit.
is
eodem
supplicio
necatus
Et
equi,
postquam dmini
203-
Gens Amazonum^
viris
^omnino ex mulieribus
fuisse.
Hippolyte,
Hunc balteum
cum
possidere
Itaque Eurystheus
lUe multis
iussit
Herculem
con-
impetum
in
Amazones
facere.
copiis
navem
Amazonum
potuit.
Eum
reliquis ta-
quo numero
omnibus
Her-
postquam balteum
accepit,
Oreo
in
lucem trahere.
Ex Oreo
Prae-
reverterat.
monstrum max-
Orcum descendit. Ibi vero non sine summo periculo Cerberum manibus rapuit et ingenti cum labore ex Oreo
in
duodecim labores
illi^
intra
sunt.
De-
mum
HERCULES ET CERBERUS
living in Asia Minor.
^
omnino,
*
etc., to
' Amazonibus, have consisted entirely of women. 501. 14. berus guarded the gate of Orcus, the abode of the dead.
^ illi,
204
P.
PUBLIUS
IS
natus est
erat
et consilio
Non
natus
est, et
cum matre
habitabat in
quae in maris
litore et
sub
radicibus
magni mentis
sita erat.
Mons autem
PUERI ROMANI
In
Italia
antiqua erant
ntilla erat pul-
quam
villa
Marci
liiliaeque.
Frons
villae
muro
a maris fluctibus
lo miiniebatur.
Hinc mare
tergo et ab utroque
copia et
^
Undique erat magna variorum florum multa ingentium arborum genera quae aestate' umbram
is fiction witli
This story
However, tlie events chronicled might have happened, and no doubt ^ A Roman had three names, as, did happen to rfiany a Roman youth. Publius (given name), Cornelius (name of the gens or clan), Lentulus (family ' AM. of source, which is akin to the abl. of separation name). ( 501. 32).
setting.
^virtiite, 501. 24.
501. II.
^
^
''
passuum,
Consult the
map
of Italy for_
HIS LIFE
ON THE FARM
non solum equi
205
Romam
LXII.
HIS LIFE
ON THE FARM
vilicus
"
Huius
omnia
tant.
vlllae
et
curat.
habi-
exercent
diem imponit.
panem
et
in 15
Non summo
longe ab
horum casa
annos* Piiblius
agebat
;
f elicem
nam
CASA ROMANA
domum''
vivere.
reverti poterat.
Eum
Neque puero quidem molestum est run* Magnopere amat silvas, agros,
Saepe pluris horas'
Nee omnino
aetatis, 25
filia,
cum eo adhuc infante ludebat, inter quos cum annis amicitia crescebat. Lydia nullum alium ducem deligebat et Publius ab puellae latere raro
^ 2
How
The
the subject?
directed the
annos,
for.
">
horas,
cf.
ann5s,
line 17.
^^
quo
2o6
MARCUS LENTULUS
IS
SHIPWRECKED
fide-
discedebat.
lissimi,
Modo
et
in silva finitima
modo aquam
cibum portabant
in casa
ad
Davum
modo
parva
LXIII.
MARCUS LENTULUS, THE FATHER OF PUBLIUS, IS SHIPWRECKED JULIA RECEIVES A LETTER FROM HIM
lam
eius,
cum
non
sine gloria
10
Namque multa secunda proelia fecerat, maximas hostium copias deleverat,multasurbis populo^ Romano inimlcas ceperat.
domum*revertebatur.
Primum ntintius pervenit qui a Lentulo^ missus suam nuntiaret. Deinde pluris dies' reditum virl
exspectabant et animis^
1
soUicitls
Tum
demum
^
has
litteras
summo cum
spem
gaudio acceperunt
Si vales,
"
Marcus
bene
est;
ego valeo.
litteras
Ex
ad
et
gratia 2o
incolumes sumus.
caelum undique
est
et et
Namque
^^dis est
solvi-
Ex
Asiae-"'
portu
navem
leni
vento
mus.
erunt,
fluctus, subito
adflixit.
magna tempestas
coorta
navem vehementissime
^
Ventis fluctibusque
*
was
domum,
^ populo, dat. with inimicas, cf. 501. 20. 501. 16. ' ut ' dies, cf annos, 1. 9. nuntiaret, 501 40. .
. .
. .
Do you
Latin
This
is
letter.
we have
The
and
^^ quo, where. ^^ dis est gratia, if not previously mentioned in the letter. ^^ Asia refers to the Roman province of that name thank God, in our idiom. 1* altum mare tenuimus, we were well out to sea. ^^ nee in Asia Minor. iam, and no longer.
207
^ nee solem discernere nee eursum tenere poteramus et omnia praesentem mortem intentabant. Tris dies^ et tris noctis'' sine remis velisque agimur. Quarto die' primum terra visa est et
non longe a
;
sumus. Turn
5
ex nave
rem summo labore vix effecit. Ita igitur et honorem Neptuno debemus, qui deus nos
e perieulo eripuit.
Nune Athenis^ sum, quo confugi ut milii paucas boras ad quietem darem.* Quam primum autem aliam navem condueam ut iter ad Italiam reliquum eonficiam et domum' ad meos carps revertar. Saluta
nostrum Publium amicissime
^Kalendis Martiis."
et
10
valetudinem tuam
ciira
diligenter.
LXIV.
non longe a Pompeils situs est quo in portu classis Romana ponebatur et ad pugnas navalls ornabatur. Ibi naves omnium generum conspiel poterant. lamque incredibill celeritate navis longa qua Lentulus vehebatur
lltori
adpropinqiiavit
sed etiam
remIs impellebatur.
aliqul mllites
In
alta
puppe
stabat gubernator et
non procul
20
splendidls, inter
Lentulus.
Deinde
nautae velum
suam
maturavit.
Eum
lulia, Publius,
totaque familia
exceperunt.
^^Qui complexus, quanta gaudia fuerunt! Postrldie eius diel Lentulus filio suo dixit, " Venl, ml Publi, meeum. 25
' adflictati,
^
^
What construction
'die,
SOI- 35.
cf.
^
1.
ut
portaret,
6.
'
Why
not ad
domum?
^ Misenum had ox first of March ; abl. of time, giving the date of the letter. an excellent harbor, and under the emperor Augustus became the chief naval '^o Why is the infinitive used station of the Roman fleet. See map of Italy. '^^ ^^ Observe that these See Plate I, Frontispiece. vjrith cessaverunt?
2o8
Pompeios
ria
iter
A DAY AT POMPEII
hodie faciam.
Mater tua
ut
suadet-"-
ut fructus et ciba-
emam.
'^
quam primum proficiscamur. " " Libenter, mi pater," inquit Publius. " Tecum esse mihi semper est gratum nee Pompeios umquam vidi. Sine mora proficisci paratus sum."
rebus
;
Tum
celeriter
currum conscenderunt
et
saxa altiora quae in medio disposita erant et altas orbitas quas rotae
inter haec saxa fecerant.
lo ros, fontis,
car-
aedificiis publicis.
LXV. A
DAY AT POMPEII
"Hie sunt
Ecce, trans viam est popina!
Apud forum
15 stant.
^Hoc genus tabernarum cibaria vendit. Fructus quoque ante ianuam Ibi cibaria mea emam." "Optime," respondit Piiblius. "At
ubi,
mi
pater, crustula
emere possumus
Namque mater
nobis impe-
ravit ^ut
tula."
"Bene
Timeo ut' ista popina vendat crQsLentulus. "At nonne vides ilium fontem
In
illo
Deinde Lentulus
^
et filius
et
What construction
The
This
is
abl. of route.
by which motion takes place, sometimes called the construction comes under the general head of the abl. of
II,
p. 53,
way
the stepping-stones for crossing the street (saxa quae in medio disposita
*
Pompeii was surrounded by temples, public halls, ' We say, this Locate Pompeii on the map. " ut ' How Latin, this kind of shops. pararemus, 501. 41. ' tempore, is ut translated after a verb of fearing? How ne? Cf. 501. 42. ' quinta hora. The Romans numbered the hours of the day con 501. 35. secutively from sunrise to sunset, dividing the day, whether long or short, ^^ fame shows a slight irregularity in that the abl. into twelve equal parts. ending -e is long.
erant).
The forum
of
of various sorts.
urgebantur.
sibi^
Ibi
et
puero imperaceleriter
verunt ut
paruit.
cibum
vinum
daret.
Turn
laeti se*
ex labore refecerunt.
alia urbis
spectacula viderent.
Illo
5
tempore fuerunt Pompeiis^ multa templa, duo theatra, thermae magnumque amphitheatrum, quae omnia post paucos annos flammis atque
incendiis
Vesuvi
et terrae
^ nihil
motu
deleta sunt.
veriti sunt.
autem homines
de monte
et
Sed'Lentu-
10
Tempus
suadet ut
mur."
occasu"
ad villam pervenerunt.
LXVI.
A
et
Iam Ennium^^
pater
musicam, aliasque
artis doceret.
'^Namque
Public
illis
Cum
alii
pueri, Lentuli
amicorum
' sitis, thirst, has -im in the ace. sing., -i in the abl. sing., and no plural. Observe that the reflexive pronoun sibi does not here refer to the subject of the subordinate clause in which it stands, but to the subject of the main clause. This so-called indirect use of the reflexive is often found in object clauses ^ What case? Cf. * se, cf. p. 205, 1. 7, and note. of purpose. 501. 14. ^ Pompeiis, " nihil veriti sunt, had no fears of the mountain. 501. 36. i.
' va.,
for.
.
*
. .
re vera, in fact.
'
^^
is
^^ piire
What
the
l^ (Juodecim habebat, Ennium, the father of Latin poetry. ^* virum, etc., a very well-educated and worthy and note. ^' qui man. Observe the Latin equivalent. doceret, a relative clause of ^^ In Cassar's time Greek was spoken more widely purpose. Cf. 349, 350. in the Roman world than any other language.
lation
cf. p.
206,
1.
8,
2IO
filil,^
SCENE IN SCHOOL
discebant.
Nam
filios
mittere sed
saepe apud Romanos mos erat '^non in Itidum domi per magistrum docere. Cotidie discipull cum
Omnes
puerl bullam
collo gerebant, et
omnes toga
nati sunt.
SCENE IN SCHOOL
AN EXERCISE
IN COMPOSITION
Tabulasne portavistis et
10
D. Portavimus.
cemus.
lis
Et
tu,
Piibll,
da mihi
e capsa'
15 audite
Aesopi volumen.^
et
lam
omnes: Vulpes
Uva.
dependentem
bat,
vidit.
Ad uvam
TABULA ET STILUS
salire
salie-
sumere conans.
cessans
20
uvam
"'nihil
moror."
Omnia'ne
scripsistis,
pueri
D. Omnia, magister.
^ filii,
non
mittere.
repeated in the understood. ^ The peristyle was an open court surrounded by a colonnade. * At the age of sixteen a boy laid aside the bulla and the toga praetexta and assumed ^ annos, the toga vinlis or manly gown. 501. 21. The expression nondum sedecim annos nati sunt means literally, tkey were bom not yet sixteen years. This is the usual expression for age. What is the English equivalent? ^ Tablets were thin boards of wood smeared with wax. The writing was done with a stylus, a pointed instrument like a pencil, made of bone or metal, with
is tlie
subject of erat.
.
Cf. 216.
Tlie
same construction
of
docere.
The
object
docere
is
filios
a knob at the other end. The knob was used to smooth over the wax in ' Aesopi, the famous Greek to whom are making erasures and corrections. ^ ^ cylindrical ascribed most of the fables current in the ancient world. ^ Ancient books box for holding books and papers, shaped like a hatbox. i" nihil moror, I care nothing were writteR on rolls made of papy'rus. for.
211
lamque
et
mentls confectis,
Romam
philosophorum frequentaret.
Et
facillime
patri'
suo,
qui
ipse
Itaque
* omnibus
rebus ad
5
profectionem
Eos
Turn per
loca" plana et
coUis
viam
ingressi sunt ad
pitio
modico
excepit.
dianus
ardebat.
Turn recta
milia^
passuum"
Eo'^"
10
multa
somno
et cibo re-
Capua
Capuam
tangit et
usque ad urbem
Romam dticit,
suam
erat,
Hinc
^*itinere viginti
quinque
lamque non longe aberant paludes magnae, quae multa milia passuum undique patent. Per eas pedestris via est gravis et in nave viatores vehuntur. Itaque ^^equls relictis Lentulus et Publius navem conscenderunt, et, una nocte in transitu consumpta, Forum Appi venerunt.
1
20
Tum
Hoc oppidum,
^
in
coUe
quindecim,
^
p. 210,
I.
5,
and note.
piimis
^ *
confectis, abl.
abs.
cf.
Cf. 501.28.
vecti,
* patri, dat.
with persuasit.
'
What
is
there peculiar
gender of
p. 208,
word.'
Nolae,
^
locative
porta,
7,
and note.
What
case,
^^ Postridie eins diel, on the next day. ^^ viam Appiam, the adv. there. most famous of all Roman roads, the great highway from Rome to Tarentum and Brundisium, with numerous branches. Locate on the map the various '* Formias, Formice, towns that are mentioned in the lines that follow. one of the most beautiful spots on this coast, and a favorite site for the villas ^* itinere . facto, abl. abs. The gen. milium modifies of rich Romans. 1^ equis relictis. itinere. What construction? Point out a similar one in
.
.
212
situm, ab urbe
Inde
declivis via
usque ad latum
campum
Roma
stat.
Quem
ad locum ubi
Publius venit et Romam adhuc remotam, maximam totlus orbis terrarum urbem, conspexit, summa admiratione et gaudio adfectus est. Sine mora descenderunt, et, medio intervallo quam celerrime superato,
ingress! sunt.
urbis
viderat
''de
multos
amicos paraverat.
Ei^
omnes
Publius
favebant
10 scholas
eo omnes bene
sperare poterant.
Cotidie
clarum exemplum
praeberet.
Saepe erat
cum
summos
Ubi "sedecim annos natus' est, bullam' auream et togam praetextam more Romano deposuit atque virilem togam sumpsit. Virilis autem toga erat omnlno alba, sed praetexta clavum purpureum in margine habebat. '"Deponere togam praetextam et sumere togam virilem
bulla
litteras scripsit:
Romanus
habebatur.
suam has
bene
^"Marcus
AccepI tuas
25
Si vales,
est
ego valeo.
Has nunc Roma per servum fidelissimum mitto ut de Public nostro quam celerrime scias. Nam hodie ei togam virilem dedl. Ante lucem surrexi^' et primum buUam auream de coUo eius
litteras.
^
morabatur, translate as
. . .
if
pluperfect.
de
'
1.
5,
and note.
praeberet, ut . . audiret et videret, 501. 44. ^ bullam, cf. p. 210, 1. 3, and note 4.
.
^ Ei, why dat. ? for himself. a very promisingyouth ; but what * curia, a famous, building 501. 43. ^ sMai,
'
sedecim,
i"
These
i.e.
^^
^^ Compare the assumption of the toga virilis and attendant ceremonies. the beginfling of this letter with the one on page 206. 1* surrexi, from surgo.
Plate IV
'
Hac
eum
in
toga
virili
cum
forum
de-
fuerunt et
est et
Romanes ascrlptum est. Omnes ei amicissimi magna ^ de eo praedlcunt. Sapientior enim aequalibus''
ingenium habet. ^Ciira ut valeas."
magnum
ARMY
IN
GAUL
aliis
rebus
armorum
illas artis quae mllitarem animum delectant. lamque erant ^qul ei cursum militarem praedicerent. Nee sine causa, quod certe patris Insigne exemplum ita multum trahebat. "'Paucis
consul
in 15
Atque
amicus
'^ut
quidam
iter in
Publi.
Ille
Publium
crebrTs litteris
vehementer hortabatur
Galliam faceret.
Neque Publius
est,
ad
Quarto
postquam
iter
ingressus
ad Alpis, montls
altissimos, pervenit.
in finibus erat. 20
His summa
diificultate superatis,
tandem Gallorum
Primo autem
veritus est
ut^
castris
Romanis adpropinquare
posset,
quod
ne a
Galli,
maximis
copiis coactis,
Romanes
iam clauserant.
1 The Lares were the spirits of the ancestors, and were worshiped as household gods. All that the house contained was confided to their care, and sacri^ magna, ^ quj deducerent, 350. fices were made to them daily.
.
.
Cura
ut valeas, take good care ofyour health. does the Latin express this idea? * Abl. of means. ' se, reflexive object of exercuit. ^ qui . . praedicerent,
.
How
multum trahebat, had a great influence in that direction. '^ Paucis ante annis, a few years before; in Latin, before by a few years, ante being ^^ ut faceret, 501. 41. an adverb and annis abl. of degree of difference.
501. 45.
' ita
. . .
^^ ut,
how
translated here?
See
501. 42.
214
pervenlre potuit.
tus est.
et
eum ^tribunum
cir-
cumdatus
est.
^Quae
pericula ut vitarent,
Romani summam
ciiram
IMPEDIMENTA
adhibere solebant.
Adpropinquantes
copiis
hostium agmen
ita dispri-
mum
agmen
duceret.
^ The military tribune was a commissioned officer nearly corresponding to our rank of colonel. The tribunes were often inexperienced men, so Cjesar ^ Quae pericula, object of vitarent. did not allow them much responsibility. It is placed first to make a proper connection with the preceding sentence. ' ut * expeditis, i.e. without baggage and ready for duceret, 501. 43. ^ impedimenta. Much of the baggage was carried in carts and on action. beasts of burden, as is shown above; but, besides this, each soldier (unless expeditus) carried a heavy pack. See also picture, p. 159.
.
. .
215
agmen
claudebant.
;
loca explorarent
centuriones praemittebantur ut
locum
castrls
idoneum
deligerent.
castris
^qul facile
s
aquam
esset.
Qua de
decllvi
Ad
alii
alii
munire incipiebant.
muniebant.
Nam
castrls
mllites
lata et 10
alto
posset.
de quibus
tela
in
hostis coniciebantur.
LXX.
nils in castris erant
PuUo
et 15
L. Vorenus,
quorum neuter
modo^
cedere volebat.
Inter eos
finis
Turn
demum
Die
tertio
postquam Publius
in
hostes,
maioribus
copils
coactis,
acerrimum impetum
castra fecerunt.
Tum
Pullo,
^"cum RomanI
tardiores^'- viderentur, 20
"Cur
1
dubitas," inquit,
?
"Vorene?
Quam commodiorem
occasionem
dixisset,
exspectas
Hie
^
Haec^^ cum
The newest
qui
* in
legions were placed in the rear, because they were the least
.
reliable.
posset
'
bantur.
^ quo essent. When is armis erant, stood under arms. " Talibus in castris quo used to introduce a purpose clause.' See 350. 1. qualia, in such a camp as. It is important to remember the correlatives talis
_
qualis, such
as.
'A
centurion
commanded
company
of about sixty
was a common soldier who had been promoted from the ranks for and fighting qualities. The centurions were the real leaders of the men in battle. There were sixty of them in a legion. The centurion in the picture (p. 2i6) has in his hand a staff with a crook at one end, the symbol of his
men.
his courage
He
authority.
501. 46. tive degree.
'
Abl. of manner.
It is
^''
make a
close
What
2l6
sima 'videbatur
continet, sad
turn vallo
sese
PuUo pilum
5
in hostis immittit
ex multitudine procurrentem
traicit.
unum Hunc
scutis
percussum
et
exanimatum hostes
in
balteo
lo avertit et
dextram
manum
eius gladium
Eum
ita
im-
Tum
sit
vero
*ei
laboranti Vorenus,
cum
15
tamen auxilium dat. Ad hunc confestim ^a PuUone omnis multitude se convertit. Gladio comminus pugnat Vorenus, atque, uno interfecto, reliquos paulum
inimicus,
propellit.
infelix,
^pede se
20
ambo
incolumes,
pluribus
.
mterfectis,
summa
cum
laude
mtra
CENTURIO
munitiones se recipiunt.
LXXI.
25
Cum iam sex horas pugnatum esset^ ac non solum vires sed etiam tela
Romanes
vallum scindere
videbatur, inrupit.
Cf. 190.
Why is
in the other?
^ vallo, abl.
we should
^
say
13,
and note.
'
**
conantis,
from PuUo,
abl. of separation.
pugnatum
esset, defice-
These are
all
217
erumperent.'
^Quod
iussi
portis
celeriter milites
^comminus
gladiis
pugnatum
est.
Diu
et
audacter hostes
restiterunt et in
extrema spe
salutis
Romanam
pre-
cum
animadvertisset,
^
Publium adulescentem
Eius impetum
verterunt.
cum
auxilium daret.
sustinere
et
omnes terga
Eos
in 10
fugam datos Publius subsecutus est usque ad flumen Rhenum, quod ab eo loco quinque milia passuum aberat. Ibi pauci salutem sibi
reppererunt.
Omnibus
sese receperunt.
assent,
LXXII. PUBLIUS
Inita aestate
Caesar
populum
Romanum
coniurare^" obsidesque
^^
cum
his
Germanos quosdam quoque sese coniuncturos esse.^" His litteris nuntiisque commotus Caesar constituit quam celerrime in Gallos proficisci,^^ ut cos inopinantis opprimeret, et Labienum legatum cum duabus legionibus peditum et duobus milibus equitum in Germanos mittere.^^
1
20
intennitterent, erumperent.
they do as ordered.
^ Quod, etc., What use of the subjunctive ? The antecedent of quod is id understood, which would be the ^ ^
object of faciunt.
* coniciendi,
ut
402.
daretur. Is this a clause of purpose or of result? . conuninus gladiis pugnatum est, a hand-to-hand conflict
. .
suorum
'
^
is
What
is
the
expression?
Id imlabo-
Id
is
This participle agrees with iis understood, the indir. obj. of daret; ^ hostes, subj. of potuerunt. qui daret is a purpose clause, 501. 40. 1 Observe that all these infinitives are in indirect statements after certior fiebat, ^^ inter se, to he was informed, and cognoscebat, he learned. Of. 501 48, 49.
rantibus.
. . .
.
each other.
^"^
proficisci, mittere.
These
infinitives
depend upon
constituit.
2i8
'^Itaque re
Ab
utroque^ res
pervenit ut
bene gesta
nam Caesar
tarn celeriter in
hostium
finis
nemo ex
Hoc
iter in
fecit et,
^cum
ibi
moraretur,
multa mirabilia
quae tantae magnittadinis esse dicebatur ^ut nemo eam transire posset,
nee quisquam sciret-aut initium aut finem.
10 verat
Qua de
re plura cognoibi
a milite
quodam
incoluit.
inquit;
"nee quisquam
est ^huius
eius sciat
Nascuntur
multa
talia
animalium genera
non inveniuntur.
Itaque,
habent
Hae
nullos cru-
modo
atque
possunt.
cubilibus
ad eas se applicant
ita reclinatae
quietem capiunt.
Tertium
est
uri appellantur.
Hi
2o est et
magna
velocitas.
ferae parcunt.''*
LXXIII.
in Galliam rediit, et
ad
frumentum praebere
1 Before beginning a campaign, food had to be provided. Every fifteen days grain was distributed. Each soldier received about two pecks. This he carried in his pack, and this constituted his food, varied occasionally by what ^ copias he could find by foraging. ^^bl. of personal agent, 501. 33.
i.
auderet
is
" ut ' nie, moraretur, 501. 46. posset, . . sciret, 501. 43. ^ huius Germaniae, ^ qui . subj. of inquit. of this part of Germany. i" iinum, only n crurum, from crus. sciat . . adierit, 501. 45. one.
.
cum
^^
i^
i^
used with
this
verb
moratus.
1* parcunt. What case is elephantis, 501. 34. Is this part, active or passive in meaning?
and
noluisse.
The
indirect state-
219
vicis incensTs,
bellum inferre.
Agris vastatis,
pervenit ad
erat.
et natura et arte
alto.
munltum
Cingebatur muro
quinque pedes'^
latere
coUis,
lateribus duo-
in
praerupto
fastigio
ad
planitiem
vergebat;
quarto
tantum
Hoc oppidum
opus esset
constituit
oppugnare,
cum
difficillimum,
tamen
castris
Caesar.
Et
ut res ^ad
oppugnandum
neces-
sarias pararet.
VINEA
15
aedificantur quibus
summum murum
murum
;
evadere possint';
;
succedant
plutei^ paranarietes
quos
suntquoque
qui
murum
et portas discutiant.
cum
.
. .
20
ing purpose.
haec, as follows.
^
'
* cum tantum, adv. onfy. ^ ad oppugnandum, a gerund expresspossint, subjv. of purpose. Three similar
These vineae were wooden sheds, open in front and rear, used to protect men who were working to take a fortification. They were about eight feet high, of like width, and double that length, covered with raw hides to protect them from being set on fire, and moved on wheels or
constructions follow.
vineae.
rollers.
' plutei,
tormenta.
The engines
and the ballista, for hurling large stones. They ^l The agger, had a range of about two thousand feet and were very effective. or mound, was of chief importance in a siege. It was begun just out of reach of the missiles of the enemy, and then gradually extended towards the point to be attacked. At the same time its height gradually increased until on a level with the top of the wall, or even higher. It was made of earth and timber, and had covered galleries running through it for the use of the besiegers. Over or beside the agger a tower was moved up to the wall, often with a battering-ram
pult for shooting great arrows,
(aries) in
(See picture,
p. 221.)
220
vineis
THE CITY
ad ipsum oppidum agitur.
IS
TAKEN
turris in
Turn
aggere promovetur
arietibus qui
ballistis,
oppidum
coniciuntur.
5
turris
et
adaequant
et
et arietes
oppidum expugnant.
LXXIV.
THE CITY
IS
TAKEN
QUESTIONED
Omnibus rebus
necessariis ad
oppugnandum a Public
deliberatur in concilio
Tum
10 vir
unus* ex centurionibus,
militaris
rei
peritissimus,
inquit, " ut
"
Ego suadeo,"
ab
sit^ facilli-
et
discutere
Hoc
consilium
ret,
cum omnibus
place-
Caesar concilium
dimisit.
Deinde
20 ores victorias
rent,
iussit
memoria* teneexstrui,
aggerem
ballista
ignem
et
Neque oppidanis' consilium defuit. Alii omne genus telorum de muro in turrim coniecerunt, alii inDiii
utrimque acerrime
Is this a
*
="
oppidi expugnandi.
^
gerund or
unus, subj.
a gerundive construction ?
of inquit.
^ sit.
Cf. 501.37.
Tliis is
which means
that the clause beginning with ubi stands in such close connection with the subjv. clause beginning with ut, that its verb is attracted into the same mood. " All these verbs are in the same construction. ' Hoc consilium, subj. of
placeret.
cum,
p.
2i7f
8.
cf. Haec cum, etc., p. 215, 1. 22, and note; Id imperator memoria, abl. of means. ^ oppidanis, 501. 15.
221
Tandem,
Ne
vulnerati
quidem pedem
illi
rettulerunt.
vigilia,
Publius,
quem Caesar
labefactam con-
cidisse.
Qua
re
au-
dita
Caesar
signum
hos-
hocoppido expugnato,
*captivorum qui
bilissimi
no-
sunt ad im-
adducuntur.
TURRES, ARIETES, VINEA
insignis,
15
paludamento purpureo
captivos
per interpretem
in
hunc
modum
interrogat:*
Vos
qui estis'?
sitis.
regis sumus.
filios
20
esse regis.
initirias intulistis
?
Rogat cur sibi tantas iniurias intuleritis. Captivi. Initirias ei non intulimus sed pro patria bellum gessimus. Semper voluimus Romanis esse amici, sed Romani sine causa nos
25
domo
Interpres.
gessisse.
Negant
se initirias
tibi intulisse,
^Semper se
voluisse amicos
Romanis
Romanes
sine causa se
^
domo
The
^ The general's headquarters. sunt, the noblest of the captives. Study carefully these direct questions, indirect questions, and indirect state' See Plate III, p. 117. ^'S&%a.iA,e.tc.,they say that they have not, ^tz. ments. Negant is equivalent to dicunt non, and the negative modifies intulisse, but not the ' Semper, etc., that they have always, etc. remainder of the indirect statement.
captivorum
2 22
CIVIL
'^
Imperator.
condonata
?
hac rebellione
Turn vero
esse, et
captivi multls
se in fide manstiros
domum
dimlsit.
LXXV. CIVIL
WAR BREAKS OUT BETWEEN C^SAR AND POMPEY THE BATTLE OF PHARSALIA
Ne
et
Pompeium exortum
Nam
Pompeius, qui
rei
summum
imperium
Caesarem
Quibus
cognitis rebus
Caesar exertotiens
citum
10
suum
ducem
victorem ab inimicorum
sequerentur.
defenderent, imperavit ut se
Romam
Summa cum
belli civilis
et transito
Rubicone^ initium
Italiae
factum
^
est.
eum
benigne exceperunt.
15
adven-
tum Roma excessit et Brundisium^ pervenit, cum omnibus copiis ad Epirum mare transiit.
comitatum erat Publius.
Pluribus levioribus proelils
factis,
20
1 Manebitisne in fide, will you remain loyal? ^ With ne quidem the ^ The Civil War was caused by the emphatic word stands between the two. jealousy and rivalry between Caesar and Pompey. It resulted in the defeat and subsequent death of Pompey and the elevation of Caesar to the lordship
.
.
of the
Roman
world.
^ The hostem, predicate accusative, 501. 22. in northern Italy that marked the boundary of
it
with an armed force Cassar declared war Caesar crossed the Rubicon early ^ rebus Caesaris favebant, favored Ccesar's side. in the year 49 B.C. In what ' Brundisium, a famous port in southern Italy whence ships case is rebus? * paucis post diebus, a sailed for Greece and the East. See map. few days later; literally, afterwards by a few days. Cf. paucis ante annis, p. 213, 1. 12, and ^ The battle of Pharsalia was fought on August note. 9, 48 B.C. In importance it ran^s as one of the great battles of the world.
crossing
By
existing government.
223
tamen erant multi qui veteranas Germanos superaverant vehementer timebant. Quos^ ^ante proelium commissum Labienus^ legatus, qui ab Caesare
ita
nuper defecerat,
adlocutus est
" *Nolite
Omnibus
interful
neque
multi
Perexigua pars
exercitus
est,
Magna
pars occisa
domum
relicti
in Italia.
Hae
copiae quas
dix-
nisi
'Hoc
10
idem Pompeius
sicut
et
omnes
magna spe
et laetitia,
castrls exierunt.
Item Caesar, anim6 ad dimicandum paratus, exercitum suum ediixit et septem cohortibus ^"praesidio castris relictis copias triplici
acie instruxit.
dedit.
Neque
et
Nam
et tela
Utrimque diu
pugnatum
est
rettulit.
Turn equites
ubi Caesar 20
conati sunt.
Quod"
Tum
et
non potuerunt
suis
omnes
terga verterunt.
Sed Pompeius de
inde
fortilnis
contulit,
mox cum
paucis
25
equitibus effugit.
^
ning of the
War. On the outbreak of the Civil War, in 49 B.C., he deserted His defection caused the greatest joy among the Pompeian party; but he disappointed the expectations of his new friends, and never accomplished anything of importance. He fought against his old commander in several battles and was slain at the battle of Munda in Spain,
in the Gallic
45
B.C.
^ citeriore
applied to Cisalpine Gaul, or Gaul south of the Alps. ^ animo, ' Haec, obj. of dixisset. ^ Hoc idem, obj. of iuraverunt. 501. 30. ^^ aciem, subj. 1 praesidio castris, " Quod, obj. of animadvertit. 501. 17. *' impetum, obj. of sustinere. of procunere.
Gallia.
is
This name
224
Pompeio amicisque
victis,
Caesar imperator
Romam rediit et
campo
est,
est.
^Quo
die
de Gallis triumphum
in
tanta multitude
hominum
loca
urbem undique confluxit ^ut omnia essent conferta. Templa patebant, arae
columnae
sertis
f umabant,
ornatae erant.
Cum
in-
vero
pompa urbem
!
intraret,
quantus hominum
sunt
senatus
magistratus.
Secuti
sunt tiblcines,
canentes
:
signiferi, pedites
laurea coronati
"
Gallos trucidavimus."
rum urbium
striimenta.
immolarentur.
"
forum
in Capitolium perrexit.
Cum
imperator ipse urbem intraret, undique laeto clamore multiStabat in curru aureo
''toga
vehebant.
1
Indutus
picta,
altera
A
.
military honors.
.
Quo
die,
on the day
qui
running
* Cum . essent, 50 1 43. The Sacred . . inunolarentur, 501. 40. along one side of the Forum to the base of the
Way
Capitoline Hill, on whose summit stood the magnificent temple of Jupiter ' The Capitolinus. This route was always followed by triumphal processions. toga picta worn by a general in his triumph was a splendid robe of Tyrian
stars.
p. 213.
225
eburneum sceptrum. Post eum servus in curru stans auream coronam super caput eius tenebat. Ante currum miserrimi
captivi,
peratarum
vincti,
gentium,
catenis
vi-
progrediebantur; et
ginti
agmen
multitude
bracchils,
sequuntur;
quibus-
cum
mllites,
'?/
'/
'fTl
t*^(f?3
'5
Caesar
cum
Capitolium as-
cendisset, in
pitolino
sacra
J
^Simul
5
captivorum
,
qui
,-
nobilissimi
erant,
abducti
m
.
carcerem,"
interfecti sunt.
pecuniam ex
belli
praeda
confectis, Piiblius
Caesarem ^valere
iussit et
quam celerrime ad villam contendit ut patrem matremque 'De rebus gestis P. Corneli Lentuli hactenus.
salutaret.
25
1 The lictors were a guard of honor that attended the higher magistrates and made a way for them through the streets. On their shoulders they carried the
bundle of rods with an ax in the middle, symbolizing the power of ^ demisso vultu, with downcast countenance. ^ vinctis, from vincio. * Simul, etc., At the sa?ne time those of the captives who were the noblest, ^ The prison was a gloomy dungeon on the lower slopes of the Capitoline Hill. ^ valere iussit, bade farewell to. ' This sentence marks the end of the story.
fasces, a
the law.
APPENDIX
NUMERALS,
NOUNS
460.
DECLENSIONS, CONJUGATIONS,
ETC.
Nouns
final letter of
A-stems, Gen. Sing, 0-stems, Gen. Third Declension Consonant stems and Fourth Declension U-stems, Gen. Sing, Fifth Declension E-stems, Gen. Sing,
First Declension
-ae
-i
Second Declension
Sing,
-li
461.
SECOND DECLENSION
462.
227
Masculines in
Stem domino-
-us
dominus, master
Base domin-
SiNGULAR
domini
Plural
TERMINATIONS
-i
dominorum
dominis
-orum
-is
dominos dominis
1
-os
-is
Nouns
-e in
the
singular,
b.
Neuters in -um
Stem
pilo-
pilum, spear
Base
pil-
SiNGULAR
Plural
228
THIRD DECLENSION
xeTi,m.,king
229
viriue
yirtaa,
i.,
Bases
230
APPENDIX
b.
Neuters
n.,
flumen,
n.,
river tempus,
time
opus,
n.,
work
caput, n.,
head
Bases
FOURTH DECLENSION
b.
231
Neuters
animal,
n.,
animal
calcar, n.,
calcari-
spur
Stems
calcar-
TERMINATIONS
-e
-is
-i
or
-6
-i
or
-ia
-ium
-ibus
-ia
-ibus
232
467.
dies, m.,
APPENDIX
thing
Stem
die-
Stem
re-
Base
r-
DECLENSION OF ADJECTIVES
233
ADJECTIVES
469.
0-
AND ^-STEMS
Adjectives in -us
n.,
bonus,
good
bona-
f.
2 34
APPENDIX
Stems pulchro- m. and
f uichei, preUy
n.,
pulchra-
f.
Base pulchr-
DECLENSION OF ADJECTIVES
471.
235
THREE ENDINGS
Stem
acri-
Singular
masc.
fem.
acris
neut.
acre
acris
acri
Nom.
Gen.
acer
acris
acri
acris
acri
Dat.
Ace.
acrem
acri
acrem
acri
acre
acri
Abl.
236
472.
APPENDIX
SiNGULAR
MASC.
Plural
AND FEM.
COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES
plus,
more
plures
Notn.
Gen.
plus
pluris
plura
plurium
pluribus
pluris (-es)
plurium
pluribus
Dat.
Ace.
plus plure
plura
pluribus
AM.
475.
Positive
bonus,
malus,
-a,
pluribus
Superlative
optimus,
pessimus,
-a,
peior, peius,
-a,
worse
magnus,
-a,
-um, great
maior, maius,
maximus,
-a,
-um, greatest
greater
multus, -a, -um,
much
plus,
more
minor, minus,
minimus,
-a,
-um, smallest
smaller
senior
iiinior
vetustior, -ius
facilior, -ius
difficilior, -ius
easy
difficilis, -, difficult
similis, -e,
similar
dissimilar
similior, -ius
dissimilis, -e,
dissimilior, -ius
humilis, -e,
gracilis, -e,
low
slender
humilior, -ius
gracilior, -ius
-um -um difficillim^^^ -a, -um simillimus, -a, -um dissimillimus, -a, -um humillimus, -a, -um gracillimus, -a, -um
veterrimus, -a,
facillimus,
-a,
exterus,
outward
below
exterior, outer,
extremus
~l
outermost,
last
,
exterior
Inferus,
inferior,
extimus
infimusT
J
>
lower
posterns, following
posterior, later
lowest
superus, above
superior, higher
summus
[cis, citra,
on this
side']
citerior,
hither
citimus, hithermost
within']
interior,
Tprior,
inner
intimus, inmost
former
primus, yfrj/
[prope, near]
[ultra,
propior, nearer
ulterior, further
proximus, next
ultimvs, furthest
beyond]
238
476.
Positive
APPENDIX
NUMERALS
Cardinals
15, 16, 17,
239
Ordinals
quTntus decimus
sextus decimus
Septimus decimus
19,
20, ylginti
etc.
tricensimus
60, sexaginta
70, septuaginta
80, octoginta
90, nonaginta
100,
centum
(et)
(et)
10 1, centum
1
unus,
etc.
20,
121,
centum centum
viginti
(et) viginti
Onus,
etc.
quadrage nsimus quinquagensimus sexagensimus septuagensimus octogensimus nonagensimus centensimus centensimus (et) primus, etc. centensimus vicensimus centensimus (et) vicensimus primus ducentensimus
trecentensimus
300, trecenti
400, quadringenti
500, quingenti
quadringentensimus
quingente nsimus
sescentensimus
600, sescenti
700, septingenti
septingentensimus
octingentensimus
800, octingentl
900, nongenti
1000,
nongentensimus
millensimus
three,
miUe
and
mille,
a thousand.
Sing.
Fem.
duae
Neut.
duo
duobus
M. AND
tres
F.
Neut.
tria
Plur.
N. duo
G.
mille milia
duoruin
duarum duorum
duabus
duo duobus
trium
tribus
tris
trium
tribus
tria
miUe milium
mille milibus
mille milia
D.
du5bus
or tres
tribus
tribus
miUe milibus
genitive,
declension of iinus
470.
240
APPENDIX
480.
RELATIVE PRONOUN
ille,
241
that (yonder), he
242
INDEFINITE PRONOUNS
243
244
APPENDIX
REGULAR VERBS
488.
AMO
ama-
Perf. Stem
amay-
FIRST CONJUGATION
245
246
489.
APPENDIX
MONEO
Perf. Stem
monu-
ACTIVE
INDICATIVE
PRESENT
PASSIVE
I advise,
moneo mones monet
etc.
am
-re
advised,
etc.
monemus
monetis
moneor
moneris,
monemur
monemini monentur
monent
monetur
IMPERFECT
/ was advising,
etc.
/ was advised,
etc.
monebam
monebas monebat
monebamus
raonebatis
monebar
monebaris,
-re
monebamur
monebamini monebantur
monebant
monebatur
I shall advise,
etc.
I shall be advised,
etc.
monebo
monebis monebit
monebimus
monebitis
monebor
moneberis,
-re
monebimur
monebimini monebuntur
monebunt
PERFECT
monebitur
/ have
monui
advised,
I advised,
monuimus
etc.
etc
fsum
J
monuisti
monuit
lest
-ae, -a -"='-"
[sunt
PLUPERFECT
I
had advised,
etc.
had been
feram
I
advised,
.
etc. f
I
monueram
monueras monuerat
monueramus
monueratis
momtus,
eramus
^^-^.^
^^-^
moniti, "^^'"^
monuerant
^'-"^
FUTURE PERFECT
lerat
[erant
/ shall have
monuero
monueris monuerit
advised,
etc.
/ shall have
monitus, -*'-"'"
fero
I
been advised,
.
etc.
monuerimus
monueritis
g^j3
moniti,
-*>-^
ferimus
I
^^.^.^
monuerint
[erit
lerunt
SECOND CONJUGATION
247
248
490.
APPENDIX
ACTIVE
INDICATIVE
PRESENT
PASSIVE
/ rule,
rego
regis
regit
etc.
I am
regor
re'geris, -re
ruled, etc.
regimus
regitis
re'gimur
regi'minl
regunt
re'gitur
regun'tur
IMPERFECT
/ was
regebam
regebas regebat
ruling, etc.
/ was
rege'bar
regeba'ris, -re
ruled, etc.
regebamus
regebatis
regebant
regeba'tur
/ shall rule,
regam
reges reget
etc.
/ shall be ruled,
re gar
rege'ris, -re
etc.
regemus
regetis
regent
rege'tur
/ have
rexi
ruled, etc.
THIRD CONJUGATION
249
250
491.
APPENDIX
ACTIVE
INDICATIVE
/ hear,
audio audis audit
etc.
PASSIVE
r
au'dior
am
heard,
etc.
audlmus
auditis
audi'mur
audi'mini audiun'tur
audi'ris, -re
audiunt
audi'tur
IMPERFECT
/ was hearing,
audiebatn audiebas audiebat
etc.
/ was heard,
audie'bar
audieba'ris, -re
etc.
audiebamus
audiebatis
audieba'mur audieba'mini
audieban'tur
audiebant
audieba'tur
FUTURE
I shall hear,
etc.
/ shall
au'diar
be heard,
etc.
audiam
audies audiet
audiemus
audietis
audie'mur
audie'mini audien'tur
audie'ris, -re
audient
audie'tur
/ have
audivi
audivisti
heard,
etc.
etc.
audivimus
audivistis
^''^
I
auditi.
<
'
es
estis
audivit
audlverunt, -re
est
[sunt
PLUPERFECT
/ had heard,
audlveram
audiveras audlverat
etc.
I
auditus,
-a,
had been
eram
eras
erat
heard,
etc.
audiveramus
audiveratis
audiverant
-um
-ae.
[erant
FUTURE PERFECT
/ shall have
audivero audiveris
audiveri?
heard,
etc.
etc.
audiverimus
audlveritis
fero
auditi,
{ eris
audlverint
-um
[erit
-ae,
-A
f^"""^ ^"ti^
|_
erunt
FOURTH CONJUGATION
251
252
492.
APPENDIX
-70.
CAPI6
ACTIVE
INDICATIVE
PRESENT
capio capis
capit
PASSIVE
capimur
capi'mini
capiun'tur
capimus
capitis
ca'pior
ca'peris, -re
capiunt
ca'pitur
IMPERFECT
capiebam
capiebas
capiebat
capiebamus
capiebatis
capie'bar
capieba'ris, -re
capieba'mur
capieba'min?
capieban'tur
capiebant
capieba'tur
FUTURE
capiam
capies
capiet
capiemus
capietis
ca'piar
capie'ris, -re
capie'mur
capie'mini
capien'tur
capient
capie'tur
PERFECT
cepi, cepisti, cepit, etc.
captus, -a,
-um sum,
PLUPERFECT
ceperam, ceperas, ceperat,
etc.
captus, -a,
-um eram,
FUTURE PERFECT
cepero, ceperis, ceperit,
etc.
captus, -a,
-um
SUBJUNCTIVE
PRESENT
capiam, capias, capiat,
etc.
IMPERFECT
caperem, caperes, caperet,
etc.
PERFECT
ceperim, ceperis, ceperit,
etc.
captus, -a,
-um sim,
PLUPERFECT
cepissem, cepisses, cepisset,
etc.
IMPERATIVE
PRESENT
2d PS-s.
cape
capite
capere
capimini
DEPONENT VERBS
2d Pers.
capito capito
capitote
253
capitor capitor
3d Pers.
capiunto
capiuntor
INFINITIVE
Pres.
Perf.
capere
cepisse
capturus, -a,
capi
captus, -a,
-um
esse
Fut.
-um
esse
[captum
iri]
PARTICIPLES
Pres.
capiens, -ientis
Pres.
Fut.
Perf.
capturus, -a,
-um
Ger.
Perf.
capiendus, -a,
captus, -a,
-um -um
.
GERUND
Gen.
capiendi
etc.
SUPINE
Ace.
(Active Voice)
[captum]
[captu]
Abl.
493.
f
I.
DEPONENT VERBS
hortor, hortari, hortatus vereor, vereri, veritus
sum, urge
yi3f/-
Principal
II.
sum,
sxaa.,
Parts
III.
follow
IV.
Note. In addition to the passive conjugation, deponent verbs use certain forms from the active. These are marked with a star. Deponent -io verbs of the third conjugation are inflected like the passive of capio.
254
I'res.
APPENDIX
Subjunctive
horter
IRREGULAR VERBS
Future
ero,
eris,
erit,
255
/ shall
be
erimus,
eritis,
Perfect
fui,
/ haTje
been,
was
fuimus,
fuisti,
fuit,
been,
fuerunt,
mere,
Pluperfect
fueram,
/ had
been
fueramus,
fueratis,
we had been
he had been
fuerant,
Future Perfect
fuero,
fueris,
fuerit,
/ shall have
been
fuerimus,
fueritis,
we
fuerint, they
Present
256
IRREGULAR VERBS
fvolo, velle, volul,
-,
,
257
wish
be willing^ will,
497.
be
Nolo and malo are compounds of volo. Nolo is for ne (not) + malo for ma (from magis, more) + volo. The second person vis
different root.
and from a
Indicative
258
APPENDIX
Infinitive
velle
Pres.
nolle
malle
maluisse
Perf.
voluisse
noluisse
Participle
Pres.
volens, -entis
nolens, -entis
498.
endure
tuli, latus
26o
Indicative
Perf.
f actus, -a,
APPENDIX
-um sum -um eram -um ero
Subjunctive
factus,
factus,
-a, -a,
Phip.
factus, -a,
F. P.
factus, -a,
Infinitive
Pres.
fieri
Participles
Perf.
factus, -a,
Perf.
i^ut.
factus,, -a,
-um esse
Ger.
faciendus,
[factum In]
APPENDIX
501.
II
RULES OF SYNTAX
Note. The rules of syntax are here classified and numbered consecutively. The number of the text section in which the rule appears is given at the end
of each.
Nominatbie Case
1.
The
is
in the nominative
and
ansvifers the
question
Who
or
What?
36.
Agreement
2.
its
A A
finite
subject. 3. 4.
28.
predicate
noun agrees
76.
81. 65.
An
noun which
it
explains.
5. Adjectives
6.
A A
;
in gender,
7.
number
224.
number, and case with the subject of the main verb. 215. a. pronoun must agree with its antecedent in gender and but its case is determined by the way it is used in its own clause.
relative
Prepositions
8.
in the accusative or
ablative case.
Genitive Case
9.
The word
The
genitive
denoting the owner or possessor of something and answers the question Whose ? 38.
is
in the
10.
and
is
Words denoting
then called the predicate genitive. 409. a part are often used with the genitive of the whole,
known
as ^^ partitive genitive. 331. 12. Numerical descriptions of measure are expressed by the genitive
443.
261
262
Dative Case
13. 14.
APPENDIX
II
The The
is
in the dative.
is
45.
and others of
like
meaning.
15.
154.
Some
verbs
compounded with
prae, pro, sub, super, admit the dative of the indirect object.
Transitive
compounds may
16.
talce
is
The
dative
both an accusative and a dative. 426. used with adjectives to denote the object toward which
is
directed.
Such
meaning near,
also
17.
The
dative
is
Accusative Case
18.
The
direct object
of
a transitive
or
verb
37.
is
in the
accusative and
Whom?
What?
20.
The subject of the infinitive is in the accusative. 214. The place to which is expressed by ad or in with the
263, 266.
accusative.
is
Before names of towns, small islands, domus, and rus the preposition
omitted.
21. Duration
accusative.
336.
may
take
With
become nominatives.
392.
Ablative Case
This answers what? 102. 24. Means is denoted by the ablative without a preposition. This answers the question By means of what? or With what? 103. 25. Accompaniment is denoted by the ablative with cum. This answers
is
23. Gzaj
With whom ? 04. The ablative with cum is used to denote the manner of an action. Cum may be omitted, if an adjective is used with the ablative. This answers
the question 26.
1
the question
27.
How? or In what manner? 105. With comparatives and words implying comparison
317.
the ablative
is
RULES OF SYNTAX
28.
ciple in
263
The
ablative of a
is
agreement
I.
noun or pronoun with a present or perfect partiused to express attendant circumstance. This is called
381.
29.
Descriptions
of
physical characteristics
444.
are
expressed by the
ablative with a
2.
modifying adjective.
acteristics
may be
modifying adjective.
30.
The
what
respect something
is true.
39831.
the
separative
is expressed by a or ab, de, e or ex with This answers the question Whence? Before
islands, flomus,
is
omitted.
This
is
of separation.
an action
starts,
80.
The word
is
whom
when
is
181.
is
34.
The comparative
quam
omitted,
is
followed by the.
separative ablative.
309.
is
35.
expressed by
in.
36.
Tas. place at or in
which
and
2.
riis
the preposition
of towns
is
265, 266.
and small islands, if singular and of the first or second declension, and the word domus express the place in which by the
Names
locative.
268.
37.
I.
The gerund
dative, accusative,
usual.
406. 2.
38.
The
with causa,
407.
264
Moods and Tenses of Verbs
APPENDIX
II
40.
The
subjunctive
is
349. substantive clause of purpose with the subjunctive is used as object with verbs of commanding, urging, asking, persuading, or advising,
where
in English
we should
366.
385. 44. Object clauses of result with ut or ut non are found after verbs of effecting or bringing about. 386.
45.
relative clause
is
antecedent.
39-
This
is
of characteristic or description.
46. The conjunction cum means when, since, or although. It is followed by the subjunctive unless it means when and its clause fixes the time at which the main action took place. 396. 47. When a direct statement becomes indirect, the principal verb is changed to the infinitive, and its subject nominative becomes subject
accusative of the infinitive.
416.
is
48.
The
found 41949.
becomes future
infinitive.
418.
is
in the subjunctive
432.
and
its
tense
DOMINA
APPENDIX
REVIEWS'
I.
III
Nouns
266
APPENDIX
III
;
Underline the words you do not remember. Do not look up a single word till you have gone through the entire list. Then drill on the words you have underlined.
flight
REVIEWS
505.
Fill
267
iirst
summary
'
of the
declension
2.
-
3.
,
4.
in the nominative singular Rule for gender ^ Case terminations J . 1^. Plural Irregular nouns
' ,
Ending
II.
copia
268
Verbs
APPENDIX
III
REVIEWS
Decline bonus, liber, pulcher.
is
269
tell
How can we
whether an adjective
in -er
Why
Name
How
are they
tuus
With what does the possessive pronoun agree ? When do we use and when vester ? Why is suus called a reflexive possessive ? What is
When
are possessives
omitted
What
Give an illustration in Latin of the ablative of manner J of the ablative of cause; of the ablative of means j of the ablative of accompaniment. What ablative regularly has cum ? What ablative sometimes has cum ? What uses of the ablative never have cum ? Name the nine pronominal adjectives, with their meanings. Decline alius,
nuUus.
Decline
?
is.
What
does
is
mean
as a demonstrative adjective or
it ?
pronoun
509.
What
Fill
summary
I.
2.
3.
f a.
Singular
Plural
b.
The Second or
0-Declension
4.
The
-um
Singular
Plural
5.
6.
Peculiarities of
nouns nouns
in -er
in -ius
III.
disciplina
tristitia
forma
superbia
ornamentum
sacrum
socius
verbum
molestus
septem
superbus
idoneus
perpetuus
inimicus
laetus
proximus
270
Adverbs
APPENDIX
III
REVIEWS
What
tive
271
is mood ? What are the Latin moods ? When do we use the indicamood? Name the six tenses of the indicative. What are personal Sndings? Name those you have had. Inflect sum in the three tenses you have learned. How many regular conjugations are there? How are they
distinguished?
How
is
What
What
is
What
meaning of the imperfect? What is the tense sign of the future in the first two conjugations ? in the last two ? Before what letters is a final
the
What
pugno? Inflect aro, sedeo, mitto, faci5, and venio, in the present, imperfect, and future active. What forms of -io verbs of the third conjugation are like audio? what like rego? Give the rule for the dative
with adjectives.
Name the
govern the
dative.
What
mood
?
express?
How
is
perative
formed
in the singular
in the plural
?
munio.
IV.
mora
porta
provincia
vita
272
APPENDIX
III
REVIEWS
516. Review Questions.
voice
?
273
?
What
What
is
What
?
What forms
?
What What
are the three different conjugation stems are the tenses of the indicative
How may
?
they be found
of the infinitive
What
tense of
What
is
participial
forms are built on the present stem ? What are the endings
What
How is the present active infinitive formed? the present passive infinitive? How is the present active imperative formed? the present passive imperative? How is the perfect active infinitive formed ? the perfect passive infinitive ? How is the future active infinitive formed? What is a participle? How are participles in -us declined? Give the rule for the agreement of the participle. How are the
active? of the future perfect active?
perfect, pluperfect,
the verb
sum
in
all
and future perfect passive indicative formed ? Conjugate moods and tenses as far as you have learned it ( 494)ablative
?
What
is
How
is
the place
from which
;
Give the rule for the ablative of separation for the ablative of the personal agent. How can we distinguish between the ablative of means and the ablative of the personal agent? What is the perfect
expressed in Latin
definite
?
What is
the difference in
meaning between
What two
it
cases in Latin
may be
governed by a preposition ?
tive.
Name
What
? ?
mean when
accusative
What
questions
What words
yes and no ?
What
V.
Nouns
FIRST DECLENSION
2 74
iudex
APPENDIX
mater
III
REVIEWS
519. Review Questions.
infinitive
lish ?
275
What
is is
an
What
Engmeant by
a complementary infinitive
what is the case of happy ? Give the rule. Decline qui. Give the rule for the agreement of the relative. What are the two uses of the interrogative ? Decline quis. What is the base of a noun ? How is the stem formed from the base? Are the stem and the base ever the same? How many declensions of nouns are there ? Name them. What are the two chief divisions of the third declension ? How are the consonant stems classified ? Explain the formation of lapis from the stem lapid-, miles from milit-, rex from reg-. What nouns have i-stems ? What peculiarities of form do i-stems have, masc, fem., and neut. ? Name the five nouns that have -i and -e in the abl. Decline turris. Give the rules for gender in the third declension. Decline miles, lapis, rex, virtus, consul, legio, homo, pater, fliimen, opus, tempus,
520.
Fill
Masculine
Gender
Endings
j
Feminine Neuter
I.
The Third
Declension
Case Terminations
II.
/-Stems
b.
.Irregular No0ns
VI.
Nouns
first declension amicitla
'
second declension
annus
hora
littera
modus
nuntius
oculus
regnum signum
supplicium,
tergum,
tergum vertere
vestigium
276
THIRD DECLENSION
aestas
APPENDIX
III
FOURTH DECLENSION
REVIEWS
522. Translate the following words.
277
Give the genitive and the gender of the nouns and the principal parts of the verbs.
if not, Unless
278
or u-declension
?
APPENDIX
What nouns
III
are feminine by exception ? Decline advendomus. Give the rules for the ordinary expression of the place to which, the place from which, the place in which. What special rules apply to names of towns, small islands, and riis ? What What words have a locative case? What is the is the locative case?
tus, lacus, cornii,
form of the locative case ? Translate Galba lives at home, Galba lives at Rome, Galba lives at Pompeii. What is the rule for gender in the fifth
or e-declension
?
Decline dies,
res.
When
fifth
is
What
declension
How
is
the time
when expressed?
Decline ego, tu,
sons
?
Name the classes of pronouns and define each class. is. What are the reflexives of the first and second per?
What
is
Decline
it.
Translate
is
Decline ipse.
How
ipse
used?
words.
aliquis,
Decline idem.
Decline hie,
iste,
ille.
Name and
translate the
commoner
indefinite pronouns.
VII.
Nouns
FIRST DECLENSION
SECOND DECLENSION
aedificium
aquila
fossa
imperium
negotium
spatium
captivus
vallum
concilium
REVIEWS
Adjectives
first
279
aequus
28o
APPENDIX
III
width
scout cohort tribe, nation business by u little
leave
abandon
be strong
receive, recover
terrify, frighten
thousand two
opportune remaining above (adj.) next grain supply
two by two
least (adv.)
somewhat
crime
difficult
opinion, expectation
dwell
state, citizen-
equal
pace
shout (noun)
move forward,
advance
multitude
all sides
magnitude, size
council, assembly
from
space,
room
.
against
woman
desire (verb)
either
rise,
or
around
three
arise
rumor
region
fortification
overtake
hasten, strive
'
much
unlike
like (adj.)
slow
very greatly, exceedingly
set fire to
hide one
first
defend
possess,
hold
m.ind (noun)
easily
almost
boldly
second, favorable
bravely
across
easy
recent huge, great
well known,
noble mild, gentle swift
bold
as soon as
low outward
three by three
jnore
for
low
(adj.)
most worst
difficulty
provisions speed
ditch
slender
best (adj.)
wherefore or
death
captive
therefore
this reason
greatest
follow
close
fear (noun)
return inquire set out m.ove out, dis-
learn,
know
drag
undertake run
fix, decide
and
arrive
attem.p)^, try
follow pursue
both
. . .
and
rampart
length
embark
REVIEWS
281
526. Review Questions. What is meant by comparison ? In what two ways may adjectives be compared ? Compare clarus, brevis, velox, and explain the formation of the comparative and the superlative. What are the adverbs used in comparison.'' Compare brevis by adverbs. Decline
the comparative of velox.
acer, pulcher, liber.
How
Compare
and superlative?
-limns.
What are possible translations for the comparative Name the six adjectives that form the superlative in
is
Give
Compare
is
common
.''
in this construction.
first
How
sions
Compare
What
adverbs?
What
multus? primus?
pluri-
How
Give the first twenty cardinals. Decline unus, duo, tres, mille. How are the hundreds declined ? What is meant by the partitive genitive ? Give the rule for the partitive genitive. What sort of words are commonly used with this construction ? What construction is used with quidam and cardinal numbers excepting mille ? Give the first twenty ordinals. How are they declined ? How are the distributives declined ? Give the rule for the expression of duration of time and extent of space. What is the difference between the ablative of time and the accusative of time? What is a deponent verb ? Give the synopsis of one. What form always has a passive meaning ? Conjugate amo, moneo, rego, capio, audio, in the
active
and
passive.
VIII.
seventeen lessons.
See
502, S3. 56, 507. 528. Review Questions. Name the time is denoted by these tenses ? What
subjunctive?
What
do
mood
How may
How
the perfect subjunctive and the future perfect indicative acdve differ in Inflect the subis the pluperfect subjunctive active formed ? form ?
How
junctive active
and passive of
ciiro, deleo,
Inflect the
282
subjunctive tenses of
ciples in the active?
APPENDIX
sum;
of possum.
III
are the tenses of the parti-
What
What
in the passive?
participles of
ticiples
amo, moneo, rego, capio, audio. Decline regens. What pardo deponent verbs have ? What is the difference in meaning" between the perfect participle of a deponent verb and of one not deponent? Give the participles of vereor. How should participles usually be translated ?
Conjugate volo, nolo, malo,
fio.
What
is it
is
fundamental ideas ?
duced ?
How
?
is
How
expressed in Latin
When
should
By what words is a Latin purpose clause introquo be used ? What is meant by sequence of tenses ?
Name
secondary tenses.
clauses of purpose
What Latin verbs are regularly followed by substantive ? What construction follows iube5 ? What construction
expressed in Latin?
How
is
result clause?
How may
is
What
meant
by the subjunctive of
introduced?
characteristic or description
How
Explain the ablative absolute. Why is the ablative absolute Explain the predicate accusative.
What do
these
is
passive ?
SPECIAL VOCABULARIES
The words
in
" Gallic
War."
LESSON
Nouns
dea, goddess (deity)
IV, 39
Verbs
est,
he
they are
killing,
Dia'na,
fera,
Diana
(fierce)
necat, he [she,
a wild beast
,
'
does kill
Lato'na, Latotia
Conjunction i
^^^
%^V\.\A,
arrow
^^^
Pronouns
quis, interrog.
pronoun, nom.
sing.,
who ?
sing.,
two
syllables), interrog.
pronoun, gen.
whose
LESSON
Nouns
coro'na, wreath, garland,
fa'bula, story (fable)
V, 47
Verbs
crown
flat,
he
{she, if)
gives
it) tells
narrat, he {she,
(narrate)
pecu'nia,
money
(pecuniary)
Conjunction
quia or quod, because
cui
dat. sing., to
whom ?
for whom,
LESSON
bona,
VI,
56
Adjectives
good
pleasing
large,
parva, small,
little
gtata.,
magna,
great
alone
conjunction
is
parts of sentences, or
sentences.
284
Nouns
ancil'la,
SPECIAL VOCABULARIES
Pronouns
mea, iny ; tua, /y%y, jcoz^r (possessives) quid, interrog. pronoun, nom. and ace.
sing.,
lulia,
maidservant Julia
Adverbs '
cur,
what?
why J
non, jiot
an
is
enclitic ( 16)
added to the
is
first
word, which,
? does
he
the
he ? Of course -ne
when
some other
LESSON
Nouns
casa, -ae,
f., f.,
VII, 62
Verbs
ha'bitat,
cottage
he
cena,
-ae,
dinner
f.,
galli'na, -ae,
in'sula, -ae,
hen, chicken
praises, is prais-
f.,
zj/aw^ (pen-insula)
Adverbs
de-in'de, then, in the
ubi,
next place
where
Preposition
does call J
invites,
is
inviting,
motion
toward
Pronoun
quern, interrog. pronoun, ace. sing.,
whom ?
LESSON
Nouns
Italia, -ae,
Sicilia, -ae,
f., f.,
VIII, 69
Adjectives
alta, high,
Italy
Sicily
deep
(altitude)
fam.ovs
tuba, -ae,
via, -ae,
f.,
f.,
lata,
wide
(latitude)
(viaduct)
nova,
new
(novelty)
An
;
adverb
as.
adverb
early.
is a word used to modify a verb, an adjective, or another She sings sweetly ; she is very talented she began to sing very
;
SPECIAL VOCABULARIES
LESSON
bellum,
-i, n.,
285
IX,
77
Nouns
war (re-hel)
f.,
murus,
con-
-i,
m.,
-i,
wa// (mural)
m.,
constantia, -ae,
firmness,
oppidanus,
stancy, steadiness
oppidum,
pilum,
servus,
-i,
-1,
-i, n.,
townsman town
{pile driver)
dominus,
inate).
-1,
-i, n.,
spear
equus,
-i,
Sextus,
friimentum,
legatus,
-i,
grain
'"'^*' ^' ^'^'^ '^^ cares for, with ace.
sador ( legate)
Marcus,
-i,
m.,
Marcus,
Mark
LESSON
amicus,
-i,
X,
82
Nouns
m.,y^z(/ (amicable)
f.,
populus,
-i,
-i,
m., people
m., the
Germania, -ae,
patria, -ae,
i.,
Germany
Rhenus,
vicus,
-I,
Rhine
fatherland
m., village
LESSON
arma, armorum,
fatoa, -ae,
n,, plur.,
XI, 86
Nouns
arms,
es-
galea, -ae,
f.,
helm.et
booty, spoils (preda-
pecially defensive
f.,
weapons
reputation,
praeda, -ae,
tory)
f.,
rumor;
fame
diirus,
telum, -i,
n.,
Adjectives
-a,
feeling, cruel;
(durable)
toilsome
LESSON
Nouns
filius, fill,
90
Adjectives
m., son
(filial)
river {Ruent)
garrison,
As
a noun,
fmitimi,-6rum,m.,plur.,^z^,4iJcrj
praesidium, praesi'di,
n.,
'guard, protection
proelium, proeli,
n., battle
Germanus, -a, -um, Germ,an. As a noun, Germanus, -1, m., a German multus, -a, -um, much; plur., many
Adverb
saepe, often
286
SPECIAL VOCABULARIES
LESSON
ager, agri,
copia, -ae,
xa.^
f.,
XIII, 95
Nouns
field (acre) plenty, abundance (co-
n.,
reward^prize
Roma,
-ae,
f.,
Rome
shield (escutcheon)
(virile)
sciitum,
-i, n.,
man, hero
Adjectives
legionarius, -a, -um,^ legionary, be-
Preposition
apud, among, '
^
,,.,
vjfith ace.
(liberty).
As
a noun,
llberi,
-drum, m.,
plur..
Conjunction
sed,
children
(lit.
the freeborn)
but
LESSON
amicus,
-i,
XIV,
99
Nouns
m., friend (amicable)
n., help,
consilium, consili,
diligentia, -ae,
f.,
n.,
plan
m.,
(counsel)
auxilium, auxili,
iliary)
aid
(aux-
diligence, industry
magister,
-i,
(lit.
xi.,
magistrl,
master,
castrum,
fort
(castle);
plur.,
teacher'''
camp
cibus,
-i,
forts)
m.,food
Adjectives
miser, misera, miserum, wretched,
unfortunate (miser)
LESSON XV,
carrus,
-i,
107
Adjectives
-a,
armatus,
validus,
-um,
armed
inopia, -ae,
site of
infirmus,-a,-um,wa,^,7%i5/(infirm)
-a,
copia
zeal,
studium, studi,
(study)
1
eagerness
The
vocative in
genitive singular masculine of adjectives in -ius ends in -ii and the ^ Observe that dominus, as distin-ie not in -i, as in nouns.
;
SPECIAL VOCABULARIES
Verb
properat, he {she,
if)
287
Adverb
hastens.
Cf.
iam, already,
now
maturat
-que, conjunction,
and; an
LESSON
agri cultura, -ae,
f.,
XVII,
117
Nouns
agriculture
n.,
Gallia, -ae,
f.,
domicilium,
domici'li,
abode,
Gallus,
-i,
m., a
f.,
Gaul Gaul
tear
lacrima, -ae,
woman
ripe,
(female)
numerus,
-i,
Adjective
maturus,
-a,
Adverb
mature
quo, whither
-um,
Verbs
arat,
Conjunction
(arable)
.
he
{she, it)
plows
it)
desiderat, he (she,
misses, longs
Roman or a
an Gallus
?
(Ja2</,
EstneRomanus
LESSON
Nouns
liidus,
-1,
XVIII,
124
Adjectives
socius,
soci,
companion, ally
laetus, -a,
(irate)
(social)
Adverbs
hodie, to-day
ibi, there,
in that place
imme-
diate past
LESSON XX,
Nouns
forma, -ae, i.,form, beauty
SOtna.,-ai&,i., punishment,
136
regina, -ae,
f.,
queen
f.,
(regal)
penalty
superbia, -ae,
tristitia, -ae,
pride, haughtiness
sadness, sorrow
potentia, -ae,
f.,
power (potent)
f.,
Adjectives
septem, indeclinable, seven
superbus, -a, -um, proud, haughty
(superb)
Conjunctions
non solum
. . . .
but also
288
SPECIAL VOCABULARIES
LESSON
Nouns
sacrum,
-i,
XXI,
140
Adjectives
7-ite
verbum,
J _
-i, n.,
word (verb)
Verbs
(sediment)
,
noying
ts
.
{mo\e.%i)
i
sedeo,
_ , -ere, sit
J-
/ (egotism). Always
LESSON
disciplina, -ae,
f.,
XXII, 146
Gaius, Gai, m., Caius, a
Nouns
training, culture,
Roman
first
discipline
aiv&m.e.TAVi'sa.,-^,Ti.,
name
ornament, jewel
Tiberius,
Tibe'ri,
first
m.,
Tiberius, a
Roman
Verb
doceo, -ere, teach (doctrine)
name
Adverb
maxime, most of all, especially
Adjective
LESSON XXVII,
ala, -ae,
f.,
168
Adjectives
-a, -a,
Nouns wing
1
-i,
deus,
-i,
m.,^0^ (deity)
n.,
commotus, maximus,
monstrum, monster
oraculum,
oinen,
prodigy
mum)
saevus,
-a, -M-nx,
savage
-i,
n.,
oracle
Adverbs
ita, thus, in this way, as follows tum, then, at that time
Verb
vasto, -are, lay waste, devastate
LESSON
Verbs
respondeo, -ere, respond, reply
servo, -are, save, preserve
XXVIII,
171
Conjunction
autem, but, moreover, now.
ally stands second,
Usu-
never
first
Adjective
carus, -a, -um,
Noun
vita, -ae,
f.,
dear
(cherish)
life (vital)
468
SPECIAL VOCABULARIES
289
LESSON XXIX,
Verb
supero, -are, conquer^ overcome (in-
176
Adverbs
semper, always
superable)
Nouns
cura, -ae,
locus,
-i, f.,
Prepositions
de,
care, trouble.
with
abl.,
down fromj
through
con-
cerning
per, with ace,
Locus
is
Conjunction
si,
periculum,
danger, peril
if
LESSON XXX,
Verbs
absum, abesse,
absent,
tive abl.
irreg.,
182
be
away, be
away,
leave,
abl.
be without,
adpropinquo, -are,
contineo, -ere,
draw
near, ap-
abl.
ere,
restrain, keep
from
(prohibit)
vulnero, -are,
wound (vulnerable)
Adjective
Nouns
provincia, -ae,
f.,
province
worn out
vinum,
-i, n.,
wine
Adverb
longe, far, by far,
far away
LESSON XXXI,
Nouns
aurum,
-1,
188
Adjectives
-a,
n.,
f.,
gold (oriole)
delay
n., boat,
attentus,
mora, -ae,
ventus,
navigium, navi'gi,
-i,
ship
perfidus,
-a, -nva,
m.,
wind (ventilate)
ous (perfidy)
Verb
navigo, -are, sail (navigate)
Adverb
antea, before, previously
Preposition
sine, with abl.,
1
without
This verb governs the dative because the idea of nearness to is stronger than that of motion to. If the latter idea were the stronger, the word would be used with ad and the accusative.
290
SPECIAL VOCABULARIES
LESSON XXXII,
Nouns
animus,
-i,
193
Adjectives
adversus, -a, -um, opposite; adverse,
contrary
arm
Preposition
pro, with abl., before; in behalf of;>
diii,
Adverb
for a long
time, long
instead of
LESSON XXXIV,
Adverbs
celeriter,
200
quickly
(celerity)
denique, finally
suddenly
Verb
reporto, -are, -avi, bring back, restore;
LESSON XXXVI,
dexter, dextra, dextrum, right (dextrous)
gero, gerere, gessi, gestus, bear, carry
in vain (frustrate)
to
wage war
<?/"
(occupy)
demand (ex-postulate)
stand
keep, hold (tenacious)
in the sense of
The word
ubi,
where in
v!o\^^when, as a relative conjunction denoting time; as, Ubi monstrum audiverunt, fugerunt, when they heard
the monster, they fled
2.
ubi
= where, as
Galba
a relative conjunction denoting place; as, Video oppidum ubi Galba habitat, / see the town where
lives
it is
Ubi and
equivalent to a relative
pronoun.
When
in the second,
where
is
SPECIAL VOCABULARIES
LESSON XXXVII,
neque or nee, conj., neither, nor, neque, not J neque and
.
.
291
217
ca.ate}him.,-l,Ti.,reiiouit,/i>rt (castle)
cotidie, adv.,
daily
neither
nor
with the
infin.
oppugno, oppugnare, oppugnavi, oppugnatus, storm, assail peto, petere, petivi or petii, petitus, aim at, assail, storm, attack; seek,
ask
(petition)
put
(position)
camp
possum, posse, potui,
,
opposite of iubeo,
command
vinco, vincere, vici, victus,
vivo, vivere, vixi,
,
conquer
(in-vincible)
live, be
alive (re-vive)
LESSON XXXIX,
barbanis, -a, -um, strange, foreign,
234
barbarous.
rians
As a noun,
barbari,
summus,
-a,
alryman
(equestrian)
m..,
(summit)
virtus, virtutis,
iudex, iudicis,
judge
manliness, cour-
age (virtue)
LESSON
Caesar, -aris, m., Ccesar
XL,
237
-i,
impedimentum,
n.,
hindrance
captivus,
-i,
brother
(frater-
com-
mander
peror)
in
Observe that
e is long in the
nom.
sing,
and short
292
legio, legionis,
f., f.,
SPECIAL VOCABULARIES
legion
pater, patris, m.,ya^/^r (paternal)
salus, salutis,
f.,
mater, matris,
ordo, ordinis,
rn.,
safety (salutary)
LESSON
calamitas, calamitatis,
f.,
XLI, 239
orator, oratoris, m., orator
ripa, -ae,
f.,
loss, dis-
bank
(of a stream)
n.,
tempus, temporis,
poral)
time (tem-
flumen, fliiminis,
n.,
river (iiume)
task
opus, operis,
n., -work,
courage (confirm)
LESSON
animal, animalis (-ium^),
avis, avis (-ium),
f.,
XLIII, 245
inimicus, which
n.,
animal
means
2^
personal
i5z'n^
f.,
(aviation)
enemy
ignis, ignis (-ium), m.,Jire (ignite)
slaughter
spur
f.,
n.,
decora-
m. and
citizen
ship (naval);
dependent
finis,
(client)
finis
(-ium),
end, limit
f., f.,
tower (twxxf^'C)
city (suburb).
(final); plur.,
country, territory
m. and f enemy
.,
An
dum
urbs
is
in
war (hostile).
Distinguish from
tree (arbor)
moenia, -ium,
cations.
n., plur.,
walls,fortifi-
Cf.
murus
m.. fountain,
spring ; source
iter,
itineris,
n.,
march,
route (itinerary)
^
written to
mark the
i-stems.
The
SPECIAL VOCABULARIES
sanguis, sanguinis, m., blood (san-
293
guinary)
summus,
-a,
vis(vis),gen. plur.virium,f.,j/rg-/.4,
(summit)
LESSON XLV,
acer, acris, acre,
(acrid)
258
(paucity)
easy
opposite of adversus
signum,
-i, n.,
signal, sign,
standard
place (collocation)
LESSON XLVI,
adventus,
-iis,
261
-iis,
impetus,
(advent)
ante, prep, with ace, date)
cornii, -iis, n.,
before (ante-
'
horn,
dat.
and
wingoi an army
071
manus,
-iis,
f.,
on the
ezercitus,
sinistro cornu,
(manual)
portus, -us, m., harbor (port)
post, prep, with ace, behind, after
equitatus,
m., cavalry
m.,
army
(post-mortem)
LESSON
Athenae, -arum,
Corinthus,
-1, f., f.,
XLVII, 270
Genava, -ae, f., Geneva Pompeii, -orum, m., plur., Pompeii, a city in Campania. See map
plur.,
Athens
f.,
Corinth
house,
Cf. domicilium
domus,
-iis,
locative domi,
home
(dome).
294
SPECIAL VOCABULARIES
tergum,
tergi, n.,
back; a tergo,
n.,
be-
wound
(vul-
country
(rustic)
summon
(convoke)
fear;
be afraid (timid)
change (convert)
LESSON
acies, -ei,
f.,
XLVIII,
lux,
276
f.,
line
of
battle
liicis,
light
(lucid);
prima
plur.,
aestas, aestatis,
f.,
summer
lux,
daybreak
-e,
annus,
-i, ra.,
no
f.,
night (noc-
primus,
res, rei,
-a,
f.,
wave, billow
winter
(fluc-
things
tuate)
performed)
f., f.,
hiems, hiemis,
hora, -ae,
hour
hope
LESSON XLIX,
amicitia,
cable)
-ae,
f.,
283
niinti, m., messeiiger.
niintius,
Cf.
nuntio
itaque, conj.,
and
pax, pacis,
f.,
peace
(pacify)
cordingly
regnum,
-i,
n.,
reign, sovereignty,
a letter of the alphaa letter, an epistle metus, metus, ra.,fear nihil, indeclinable, n., nothing
littera, -ae,f.,
kingdom
supplicium,
bet; ^\ax.,
ment;
(nihilist)
pimishsumere de, with abl., inflict punishment on; supplicium dare, suffer punishment. Cf. poena
suppli'ci,
n.,
supplicium
Cf.
54
assume
SPECIAL VOCABULARIES
295
LESSON
corpus, corporis, n., body (corporal)
L,
288
upon a
time
f.,
part, region,
direction
ous (miracle)
snatch
from
LESSON
hie,
LI, 294
nomen, nominis,
nate)
oculus,
-i,
n.,
name
(nomi-
ilia,
illud,
demonstrative proit
former, old-time
detested,
with dative
Cf. 143
demonstrative pro;
he, she, it
the
commonwealth, the
n.,
liberty
modus,
-i,
m.,
measure; manner,
vestigium,
vesti'gi,
footprint,
way, mode
voice
LESSON
incolumis, -e,
LII,
298
enough, sufficiently (satis-
unharmed
satis, adv.,
ne
faction)
and quidem
nisi, conj., unless,
indeed, in fact.
if
not
PiS,
fall
down
(deciduous)
lead across
296
SPECIAL VOCABULARIES
LESSON
aquila, -ae,
f.,
LIII, 306
eagle (aquiline)
audacis,
adj.,
f.,
mind (men-
audax,
celer,
gen.
Cf.
animus
-a,
audacious
celeris,
opportunus,
celere,
-um, opportune
swift,
quick
quam,
adv., than.
With
the super-
(celerity).
Cf. velox
-oris,
lative
quam
erplorator,
(explorer)
m.,
scout,
spy
huge,
possible,
viri,
as
quam
audacissimi
ingens,
gen.
ingentis,
adj.,
vast
medius, -a, -um, middle, middle part
<7/^
tam, adv.,
jective
so.
Always with an
adverb,
adis
or
while
ita
(medium)
LESSON
alacer, alacris, alacre, eager, spirited,
LIV,
310
from nulm. and f., no one nobile, well known, noble
plur.,
abl.),
excited (alacrity)
celeritas, -atis,
f.,
no
j/^^i^ (celerity)
nobilis,
by night
(nocturnal)
mulier, muli'eris,
f.,
woman
f.,
multitude, multitiidinis,
multi-
subito, adv.,
suddenly
tude
slow
(tardy)
nemo,
nemini,
ace.
neminem
wish
(cupidity)
LESSON
aedificium,
aedifi'ci,
n.,
LV,
314
a noun, m. and n. plur., the
btiilding,
As
dwelling (edifice) imperium, impe'ri, n., command, chiefpower ; empire reliquus, -a, -um, rem.aining, rest of
abdo, abdere, abdidi, abditus, hide
rest (relic)
scelus, sceleris, n.,
crime
f.,
servitus, -utis,
f.,
slavery (servitude)
valley
down,
kill.
SPECIAL VOCABULARIES
297
LESSON
aditus, -us, m., approach,
LVI, 318
mors, mortis (-ium),
f.,
access
^a/'/%
(mortal)
entrance
civitas,
nam, conj.,/or
f.,
civitatis,
citizenship
(city)
obses, obsidis, m.
and
f.,
hostage
among (interstate
habito, vivo
between; commerce)
,
somewhat
transitive,
Cf.
withdraw, retreat
abandon
(relinquisli)
statuo, statuere, statui, statiitus, fix, decide (statute), usually with infin.
LESSON
aequus,
-a,
LVII, 326
gens, gentis (-ium),
f.,
race, tribe,
cohort, a
nation (Gentile)
negotium, negoti,
regio, -onis,
n.,
business, affair,
men
curro,
matter (negotiate)
currere, cucurrl, cursus,
run
f.,
region, district
(course)
difficultas, -atis,
f.,
rumor, report.
Cf.
fama
fossa, -ae,
f.,
ditch (fosse)
undertake
(ex-tract)
draw
.
plurimum
valere, to be
powerful,
(value).
Cf validus LVIII,
LESSON
commeatus,
longitiido,
-iis,
332
mercatoris,
m.,
trader,
m., provisions
mercator,
latitudo, -inis,
f.,
width
f.,
(latitude)
merchant
miinitio, -onis,
f.,
-inis,
length (longi-
fortification (mu-
tude)
nition)
-inis,
f.,
magnitudo,
tude
size,
fnagni-
spatium, spati,
tance; time
n.,
know
compel (cogent)
298
SPECIAL VOCABULARIES
to,
burn
(incendiary).
Cf.
cremo
hold (obtain)
LESSON
agmen, agminis, n., line of march, column; primum agmen, /^i? vanj novissimum agmen, ^^ r^ar
atque, ac, conj.,
afl?j-
LIX,
337
passus,
passiis,
m.,
a pace,
a
five
atque
is
used
Roman
mile
feet;
mille
passuum, a
thousand
{of) paces,
Roman
for
-que
concilium, concili,
n.,
I'eason,
what reason
vallum,
-i, n.,
sembly
earthworks, rampart
upj with a
reflexive pronoun,
surrender
ojie^s self,
LESSON
aut, conj., orj aut
.
.
LX,
341
f.,
aut, either
opinio, -onis,
opinion, supposi-
or
Hon, expectation
res friimentaria, rei frumentariae,
(K\\..
f.
almost
forward, advance
orior, oriri, ortus
(egress, progress)
sum,
arise,
sum, return (revert). The forms of this verb are and not deponent, in the perfect system. Perf. act., reverti sequor, sequi, seciitus sum, follow (sequence). Note the following compounds of sequor and the force of the different prefixes consequor {follow with), overtake; insequor {follow against), pursue; subsequor {follow uneBr), follow close after
reverter, reverti, reversus
usually active,
LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY
Translations inclosed within parentheses are not to be used as such
to
;
ad-fero,
ad-ferre,
at-tuli,
ad-latus,
abl.
/rem, by,
off.
bring,
convey;
report,
announce;
+
of
etc.
adflictatus,
-a,
-um,
adj.
[part,
off,
ad-fligo, -ere,
strike
-flixi, -flictus,
dash upon,
away
-cidi, -cisus [ab(s), off,
upon; harass,
-ere,
-ui,
distress
[ad,
to,
-t-
abs-cido, -ere,
ad-hibeo,
-itus
ab-sum, -esse,
or ab
afui, afuturus, be
away,
with a
aditus,
-lis,
m.
access
[adeo,
;
approach"],
and
abl., 501.
32
approach,
entrance.
Cf.
adventus
to,
acer, acris,
figura-
verb
to,
[ad, to,
-)-
47 1
line of
acerbus,
acies, -ei,
battle
-a,
f.
-um, adj.
bitter,
sour
;
ad-ministro,
direct
manage,
admiratio,
-onis,
f.
[admiror,
wonder move
come
compared
at],
admiration, astonishment
-ere,
ad-moveo,
to
;
-movl, -motus,
to,
towards, near.
apply, employ
-are, -avi, -atus,
ad-aequo,
With the gerund or gerundive, to, for -are, -avi, -atus, make equal,
level with
ad-propinquo,
make
Tnove,
ad-sum,
ent
;
assist
induce
-ii,
[part, of
ad-eo,
-ire,
go
to,
approach,
(
adolescd, grow],
draw near,
visit,
with ace.
413)
young person
299
300
adventus,
-us,
LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY
adventus
m.
[ad,
to,
ancilla
venio,
comp.
come], approach, arrival ( 466) ad versus, -a, -urn, adj. [part, of adverto,
ttirn
to],
albus,
alces,
-a,
-um,
adj.,
white
-is, f. elk
contrary, adverse,
versity
Alcmena,
aliquis
-ae,
f.
of Hercules
[aedifico, build],
aedificium, aedifi'ci,n.
building, edifice
(-qui),
-quid
(-quod),
( 487)
-i),
indef. pron.
adj.
+ faciS,
aequalis,
make], build
another, other,
. .
.
alius,
one
. .
.
another,
1
alii
alii,
some
adj.
equal,
-is,
like.
f.
As
others (
10)
f.
noun, aequalis,
the
m. or
one of
Alpes, -ium,
alter, -era,
plur. the
Alps
-i),
same age
-a,
-erum (gen.
one
-ius, dat.
adj.
.
aequus,
fables
alter
1
Aesopus,
-I,
m. .Msop, a writer of
inita aestate,
the other (
10)
altitudo, -inis,
.
f.
deep
Amazones, -um,
ambo,
f.
plur.
Amazons, a
aetas, -atis,
f.
age
f.
women
Aethiopia,
in Africa
-ae,
Africa, -ae,
Africa
amiclssime, in a friendly
adj.
manner
wrap
Africanus,
-a,
-um,
to
of Africa.
amicio,
-|-
-ire,
name given
iacio,
victories in Africa
about, clothe
c)
amicitia,
-ae,
f.
[amicus,
friend],
agger,
-eris,
m.
mound
friendship
agmen, -inis, n. [ago, drive], an army on the march, column, primum agmen, the van
ago,
-ere, egi, actus, drive, lead; do,
amicus,
friend
a-mitto,
-a,
-um,
adj.
[amo,
love],
-i,
friendly.
As
a noun, amicus,
m.
-ere,
-misi,
-missus,
send
be
perform,
life
colo,
-atus,
love,
like,
cu Itivate]
farmer
-ae, f: agriculture
agri cultura,
ala, -ae,
f.
-i,
n.
amphitheater
wing
-ere,
alacer,
-cris,
adj.
active,
eager.
honorable, noble
Cf. acer
alacrilias,
-atis,
f.
an, conj.
[alacer,
active],
or,
eagerness, alacrity
maidservant
LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY
ancora
ancora, -ae,
f.
301
auratus
arduus,
-a,
anchor
-ae,
f.
Andromeda,
Perseus
angulus,
-i,
Androm'eda,
Aricia, -ae,
m. angle, corner
-ere, -tl, -sus
arma, -orum,
[animus,
turn the
Cf. telum
n. plur.
arms, weapons.
anim-adverto,
mind,
adverto, turn
notice
n.
to],
armatus,
-a,
mind to,
(465-*)
armed, equipped
aro, -are, -avi, -atus, plow,
ars, artis,
f.
animal, -alls,
\3xamaL,breaih'\,animal
till
art, skill
animosus,
-a,
articulus,
-i, ra.
joint
animus,
heart
;
-i,
scribo,
larite],
enroll,
annus,
-i,
ra.year
Asia,
-ae,
f.
Asia,
i.e.
Asia Minor
Athenae, -arum,
plur.
Athens
antlquus,
-a,
before],
who
and
was said
to hold
up the sky
and
also,
Apollo,
-inis,
what
is
THore.
atque
may be used
pareo,
appear], appear
attentus,
tends,
-a,
direct
mind)
toward],
name.
Appius,
turn
astounded
audacia,
-ae,
f.
at,
at
audacity
aqua,
-ae,
f.
of water
f.
aquila, -ae,
ara, -ae,
f.
eagle
audax,
audeo,
audio,
to
daring
daj-e
altar
-ere,
ausus sum,
-ire, -iv5
pose
420.
f.
c).
(420.<^, 491)
-ae,
arbor, -oris,
tree ( 247.
f.
a]
Augeas,
stables
Arcadia,
-ae,
Arcadia, a district in
southern Greece
ardeo, -ere, arsi, arsnrus, be on
blaze,
fire,
aura, -ae,
air, breeze
auratus,
-a,
bum
302
aureus,
golden
LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY
casa
-a,
C
C. abbreviation for Gaius, Eng. Caius
aurum,
autem,
first,
-i,
.1.
gold
aut
.
cado, -ere,
.
.
ce'cidi, casiirus,
f.
fall
aut, either
.or
caedes,
-is,
in the
caelum,
Caesar,
-i,
n. sky,
heavens
Ccesar, the
however, now.
-aris,
m.
auxilium, auxili,
ance
;
general, statesman,
plur. auxiliaries
-ti,
calamitas,
-atis,
f.
a-verto, -ere,
aside avis,
-is,
f.
-sus, turn
away, turn
disaster
bird ( 243.
i)
Campania,
B
ballista, -ae,
f.
ballista,
{p.
an engine for
Campania, a disSee map Campanus, -a, -um, adj. of Campania campus, -i, m. plain, field, esp. the
-ae,
f.
hurling missiles
balteus,
-i,
220)
m.
n.
belt,
sword belt
Rome
barbarus,
bellutn,
-i,
-i,
m. barbarian, savage
war. bellum inferre, with
canis,
-is,
m. and
f.
dog
,
sing
[cano,
sing],
dat. viake
war upon
sing
Capenus,
-a,
-um,
adj.
of Capena, esp.
Rome
Way
benignus,
-a,
-um,
a.A).
good-natured,
numeral
(
adj.
334)
Capitolium,
[caput,
bonus,
-a,
Rome
of
469. a)
on
which
f.
stood the
temple
boum or bovum,
bobi^Tor biibus),
and
f.
abl. plur.
capsa, -ae,
captivus,
m. and
brevis,
ox,
cow
n.
-i,
m.
f.
bracchium, braccM,
-e, adj.
arm
Capua,
caput,
-ae,
short
Brundisium,
bulla, -ae,
-i, ii.
BrundisiuTn, a sea-
2. b)
See map
career, -eris,
of
prison, jail
bulla, a locket
made
carrus,
-i,
m.
cart,
wagon
tened by a spring
(p.
212)
casa, -ae,
f.
hut, cottage
LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY
castellum
castellum,
-I,
collum
of castrum,
n.
[dim.
Cimbricus,
Usually in the
a
military
-a,
castrum,
plural,
-i,
n. fort.
castra,
-orum,
to
pitch
camp
m.
[cado, falll,
chance
circiter, adv.
misfortune, loss
about
catapulta, -ae,
f.
catapult, an
engine
catena, -ae,
f.
chain
f.
caupona,
-ae,
f.
inn
cause, reason,
go around
,
causa, -ae,
ca.usSi,
qua de
for
this reason
-ventus [come
arottnd), s^trround
citerior,
-ius,
adj. in
comp., superl.
celeritas, -atis,
ness, speed
f.
[celer,
swift\ swift-
compared
civis, -is,
m. and
f.
f.
citizen ( 243. i)
civitas, -atis,
[civis, citizen],
(body
cena, -ae,
f.
dinner
adj.
hundred
Cephea),
Cepheus
(dissyl.), -ei
(ace.
renowned ;
classis,
shining
Andromeda
m. Cerberus, the fabled
claudo, -ere,
clavus,
-i,
Cerberus,
-i,
m.
stripe
cliens, -entis,
m. dependent,
retainer,
Hades
u. [certo,
client ( 465. a)
certamen,
adv.
-inis,
struggle],
Codes,
-itis,
Codes, the
certe,
[certus, sure],
compared
certain,
(to
certus,
sure,
-a,
-um,
adj. fixed,
to
cohors, cohortis,
deer
f.
cohort, the
tenth
m.
stag,
men
coUe, on
m.
n.
hill,
iu
summo
2. a)
cibus,
-1,
ra.food, victuals
collum,
-i,
neck
304
LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY
colo
con-scendo
con-curro, -ere, -curri, -cursus [com-,
together, -y curro, run],
rally,
run
together;
columna,
-ae,
f.
column, pillar
cor-, co-),
gather
f.
com-
(col-,
con-,
a prefix,
condicio, -onis,
dico,
talli],
[com-, together, -f
together,
agreement,
condition,
meaning of the root word coma, -ae, f. hair comes, -itis, m. and f. [com-, together, + eo, go^ companion, comrade
comitatus, -us, m.
[comitor,
terms
con-dono, -are,
-avi, -atus,
pardon
bring
one's
-latus,
accom-
se
conferre,
betake
pany],
comitor,
escort,
-ari,
company
sum, dep. verb
self
-atus
com-
make, complete,
hand
join
to-
commit,
intrust,
battle,
proelium
committere, join
se commit-
con-fluo, -ere,
-fliixi,
,fiow together
commode,
adv. [commodus,
fit],
com-
for
refuge, fiee
tensive,
-|-
iacio,
throw], hurl
commodus,
com-m5tus,
com-paro,
-a,
con-iungo,
together,
-a,
unite
con-iiiro, -are, -avi, -atus [com-, together,
\-
[com-, in-
by oath, con-
provide, get
spire
-plevi,
com-pleo,
-ere,
-1-
-pletus
[com-,
con-loco,
gether, station
-are,
-1-
-avi,
-atus [com-,
to-
intensive,
up
-pressus
press],
loco, place],
arrange, place,
COmplexus, com-primo,
[com-,
-us,
m. embrace
-pressi,
-f-
-ere,
conloquium,
gether,
-j-
conlo'qui,
n.
[com-,
to-
together,
premo,
conference
con-cido, -ere,
sive,
-)-
-cidi,
[com-, inten-
Conor,
-ari,
down
concilium,
meeting, council
con-scendo,
-ere,
-scendi,
-1-
-scensus
[com-, intensive,
scando, climb],
intensive,
-|-
climb
dere,
up, ascend,
navem conscen-
embark, go on board
LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY
con-scribo
305
cresco
-scriptus
write\,
con-scribo,
[com-,
-ere,
-scripsi,
controversia, -ae,
f.
together,
scrlbo,
con-venio,
together,
-ire,
-veni, -ventus
-f
venio, come^,
come
devote
sequor,y<;/-
CO-orior,
-iri,
-ortus
-f-
[com-, intensive,
break forth
copia, -ae,
wealth~\,
f.
wisdom
-ere,
-|-
con-sisto,
-stiti,
-stitus
to
[com-,
stand'\,
intensive,
sisto,
cause
coquo,
Cprinthus,
city
Cornelia, -ae,
Cornelia, daughter of
constantia, -ae,
perseverance
i. firmness,
Cornelius,
Come'li,
m. Cornelius, a
Roman name
cornii, -us,
termine, resolve
con-sto, -are, -stiti, -staturus
together,
\-
coronatus,
corpus,
-a,
-um, adj.
body
sto,
standi agree;
of
-oris, n.
certain
consist
cotidianus,
-a,
sumo,
take^, con-
sume, use up
con-tendo, -ere,
ten
;
strain
has-
numerous, frequffnt
credo, -ere,
-didi, -ditus, trust, believe,
with dat.
( 501. 14)
cremo,
creo,
hem
-are,
-atus,
make;
elect,
appoint
Creon,
draw\, draw
-ontis,
m. Creon, a
Icing
of
Corinth
cresco, -ere, crevi, cretus, rise, grow,
increase
traho,
to-
gether; of
sails,
shorten, furl
3o6
Creta, -ae,
LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY
Creta
f.
densus
de-cido, -ere,
-cidi,
[de,
down,
-H
the Mediterranean
down
adj. tenth
Cretaeus,
-a,
decimus,
-a,
-um, numeral
downward
criistulum,
cubile,
-5,
n.pastiy, cake
-is, n.
bed
f.
cultiira, -ae,
culture-, cultivation
cum, conj. with the indie, or subjv. when; since; altho^tgh { 501. 46) cum, prep, with abl. -with ( 209) cupide, adv. [cupldus, desirous], compared cupidius, cupidissime, eagerly
cupiditas, -atis,
desire,
f.
down,
escort
de-fendo,
repel,
ward
off,
defend
bring], bring
(
down ;
report,
[cupidus, desirous],
announce
de-fessus,
426)
longing
-ivi
-a,
cupio, -ere,
wish.
ciir,
or
-ii,
-itus,
desire,
from,
Cf. V0I6
facio,
revolt from,
cura, -ae,
ciiria, -ae,
care, paijis
anxiety
de-flgo, -ere,
-fixi,
,
-fixus [de,
down,
-|-
senate house
[ciira, care],
down,
bring
look after
iacio,
hurl], hurl
down
run
down,
kill
currus,
-ijs,
-lis,
m. chariot m. course
cursus,
guard, watch
ponder
Daedalus,
-i,
posed inventor of the first flying machine Davus, -i, m. Davus, name of a slave
de, prep, with abl.
Delphicus,
demissus,
-um
[part,
of demitto,
qua
r^'as.txa, point],
dea, -ae,
f.
goddess
-ui,
( 461. a)
demum,
from,
-f
adv. at
last,
then,
tum
Cf.
debeo,
-ere,
-itus
[de,
demum, then
denique,
postremd
adv.
at last at
last, finally.
adj. ten
{ 247. 2. a)
densus,
-a,
LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY
de-pendeo
de-pendeo,
-ere,
,
307
from
faci-
dis-tribuo
[de,
down,
differ,
pendeo, hang\,
each other
dif-ficilis, -e,
lis,
down
de-ploro, -are, -avi, -atus [de, intensive,
adj. [dis-,
not,
(307)
hard],
difacultas, -atis,
difficulty
[difficilis,
down,
^rxi, pu{\,
put down
-di,
diligenter,
adv.
[diligens,
careful],
de-scendo, -ere,
compared
diligentius, diligentissime,
industriously, diligently
diligentia, -ae,
f.
[diligens,
careful],
down,
-f scribo,
industjy, diligence
^^tViS, fight,
struggle
[di-, off,
down,
down
away
[de,
disband,
one's
dimittere
from,
\- spero,
hope\, despair
-spexi, -spectus
mind to,
-is,
de-spicio, -ere,
Diomedes,
tion,
m. Di-o-me'des, a name
expressing separa-
de-sum, -esse,
-fui,
-futurus [de,
away
lack,
[dis-,
m. god
-ere,
468)
-volutus
[de,
de-volvo,
-volvi,
withdraw, go away
dis-cerno, -ere,
fl/3;-^, -f
down,
down
down,
-crevi,
sift],
-cretus
[dis-,
cemo,
separate; dis-
swallow], devoitr
tinguish
disciplina, -ae,
ing, discipline
f.
instruction, train-
a dextro
cornii,
discipulus,
disciple
-i,
m.
moon and
dico,
-ere,
learn
[dis-,
(imv.
die),
say, speak,
Usually introduces
to pieces
m.
[dicto,
.dictate],
[dis-,
chief
magistrate
with
pono, put],
put
here
and
unlimited power
dies, -ei or die, m.,
sing.,
sometimes
f.
in
si-
day (467)
dilatus [dis-,
dis-tribuo, -ere,
distribute
-ui,
-utus,
divide,
3o8
diu,
LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY
diu
adv.,
eruptio
diutius, diutis-
compared
tiine,
long
( 477) in
fugam
draw out
[ex,
put
to flight,
alicui
negotium
thor-
oughly,
-I-
facio, do],
show
teacher\,
cause
ef-fugio,
-ere,
-fiigi,
-ae,
f.
[doctor,
teaching, learning,
wisdom
adj.
from,
[domus,
-I-
ege5, -ere,
domesticus,
-a,
-um,
with
we
go
480)
house, abode.
Cf.
domus
out
of,
gradior, go],
out,
go
domina,
-ae,
f.
forth.
lady (461)
dominus,
-i,
m. master
(
iacio,
owner, ruler
462)
elementum,
ciples,
n.,
domus,
dormi5,
-us,
f.
rudiments
-i,
f.
tive, at
home
468)
elephantus,
lis, Elidis,
m. elephant
dubius,
-a,
-um,
ern Greece emo, -ere, emi, emptus, buy, purchase enim, conj., never standing first, for,
in fact, indeed. Cf.
nam
numeral
adj.
two
hundred
diico, -ere, duxi,
Roman
ductus (imv.
&.xic],lead,
eo, ire,
ii
iturus, go ( 499)
conduct
dum,
duo,
(
Epirus,
adj.
-i, f.
duae, 479)
duo,
numeral
two
north of Greece
eques,
-itis,
adj. twelve
;
man, cavalryman
equitatus, -us, m. [equito, ride],cavahy
harsh,
equus,
f.
-i,
m. horse
[e,
[cf.
duco, lead],
out,
-)-
commander
make
straight], raise
up
-\-
E
e or ex, prep, with abl. out of,
from,
e-rumpo,
H-
off,o^(%2oo,)
eburneus,
-a,
-um,
adj.
of ivory
eruptio, -onis,
sally
LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY
Erymanthius
Erymanthius, -a, -um, adj. Erymanthian, of Erymanthus, a district in southern Greece
et, conj.
fama
explorator,
-oris,
m.
[explore, investi-
and, also,
et
et, ioi&
and.
ex-pugno,
-|-
exsilium,
ban-
quoque.
non solum
.
ishment, exile
only
but also
map
of Italy
Europa,
-ae,
f.
Europe
m. Eurys'theus, a king
Eurystheus,
-i,
exterus,
terior,
-um,
adj.,
compared ex-
Greece
[e, out,
outer
312)
exanimatus,
-um
[part, of
ezanimo,
adj.
out
-um,
adj., superl.
of ex-
F
fabula, -ae,
facile, adv.
f.
exemplum,
n.
example, model
eo,go'\,
[facilis,
easy],
compared
without
facio,
difficulty ( 307)
feci,
-ere,
f actus
{imv.
fac),
exercitus, -us,
m.
[exerceo,
train'],
impe-
army
ex-istimo, -are, -avi, -atus [ex, out,
aestimo,
reckon],
tum
facere in,
make an
attack upon.
battle,
iter
estimate;
think,
or journey.
judge
ex-orior,
{^
420.
c)
aliquem
facere,
inform
factus
-iri,
-ortus
[ex,
pro, speak in
fieri,
forth,
orior, rise],
rise
Passive
fio,
certior fieri,
out
deceive
pio,
atone for],
fama,
-ae,
f.
report,
rumor; renown,
atone for
fame, reputation
3IO
fames,
-is (abl.
f.
LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY
fames
fame),
f.
fuga
hunger
llumen,
-inis, n.
[cf. &a.o,
flow], river
familia, -ae,
(464.2.^)
fluo, -ere, fluxi, fluxus,7fra
hold, family
i.
fasces
fluvius, fluvi,
m.
[cf.
fLuo,flow], river
225)
fasti'gi,
fastigium,
descent
top;
slope,
forma,
n.fate, destiny
f.
-ae,
fatum,
faveo,
to,
-i,
beauty
fauces, -ium,
plur.yaicj, throat
Formiae, -arum,
forte,
f.
Formiae, a town of
of fors, chance], by
chance
fortis, -e, adj. strong ; fearless, brave
femina,
-ae,
f.
f.
woman.
Cf. mulier
fera, -ae,
[ferus, wild],
wild beast
fortiter,
adv.
[fortis,
strong],
com-
pared
bravely
graviter
fortiina, -ae,
f.
or
moleste
ferre,
be
annoyed
fate, fortune
(498)
ferreus,
-a,
forum,
-um, adj. [ferrum, iron],
-i,
n.
of
Tnade of iron
fidelis, -e, adj. [fides, trust], faithful,
Rome
in
;
centered
a town
true
fides, fidei tJrfide, trust, faith
Way
break],
promise,
venire,
in fide
fossa, -ae,
fragor,
-oris,
m.
[cf.
frango,
crash, noise
frango,
and
frater, -tris,
m. brother
daughter
fill
( 461. a)
fill),
fremitus,
-iis,
m.
lotid noise
fnius,
finis, -is,
frequents, -are,
in
-avi, -atus,
.
attend
Usually with
f rons, frontis,
friictus,
-lis,
i.
abl. of
means
finitimus,
-um,
adj. [finis,
boundPlur.
m. fruit
-a,
m. neighbors
frumentarius,
to
grain,
res
grain
of facio.
See
i.
supplies
flamma,
-ae,
fire, flame
frumentum,
fuga,
in -ae,
f.
-i,
n.
grain
fugio, flee], flight.
to flight
wave, billow
fugam &3.re,pui
LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY
fugio
fugio, -ere, fugi, fugiturus, ^f^^,
avoids shztn
311
honestus
run;
gratia, -ae,
f.
thanks, gratitude
adj. acceptable, pleas-
gratus,
, ,
-a,
-um,
fump,
funis,
-are,
-is,
smoke
madness.
ing.
Often with
-e,
m. rope
[fnro, rage\,
gravis,
furor, -oris, m.
in
serious,
furorem incidere, go
mad
greatly,
graviter
ferre,
Roman name,
bear
ill,
take to heart
-oris,
gubernator,
pilot
m. [guberno,
pilot],
Galba,
-ae,
m. Calba, a
helmet
Roman name
galea, -ae,
Gallia, -ae,
f.
f.
prising
what
now Holland,
Bel-
habeo,
-ere,
-ui,
-itus,
have,
hold;
regard, consider,
deem
[cf.
liabeo,
hen, chicken
inhabit.
Cf.
Callus,
-i,
m. a Gaul
Tx.joy
incolo, vivo
Geneva,
Helvetii,
-orum,
m. the Helvetii, a
Hercules,
Gallic tribe
[cf.
Hercules,
Jupiter
-is,
m.
son of
kind, variety
f.
strength
Germania,
-ae,
-i,
.Germany
u.
Hesperides,
the
Hesperides,
Germanus,
wage,
m.
German
wear;
daughters of Hesperus,
haec,
who kept
adj.
demonstrative
gestae, exploits,
and pron.
hie, adv. here
this (of
it
mine)
as pers.
on successfully
gladiatorius, -a, -um, adj. gladiatorial
(481)
hiems, -emis,
f.
winter
Hippolyte, queen of
gloiy,fame
Gracchus,
Gracchus,
-i, ra.
name
of a
Hippolyte,
the
-es,
f.
famous
Roman
n.
family
Amazons
this day], to-day
f.
Graeca, -orum,
plur.
Greek writ-
on
(human
being),
Greece
-i,
grammaticus,
m. grammarian
respected,
honorable
312
honor,
LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY
honor
-oris,
f.
in-cautus
m. honor
im-mitto,
a
in
-ere,
-misi,
-missus
[in,
hora, -ae,
hour
Roman name
horribilis, -e, adj.
terrible.,
immolo,
horrible
upon,
4-
mola,
?neal'\,
hortor,
urge,
-ari,
meal ;
talis,
offer, sacrifice
incite,
encourage
im-mortalis,
-e, adj.
[in-, not, 4-
mor-
mortal^, immortal
-atis,
f.
im-mortalitas,
[immortalis,
hospitium,
hostis,
immortal^, immortality
hospitality
-is,
im-paratus,
-a,
-um, adj.
[in-, not, 4-
m.
and
f.
enemy, foe
^SJikcas, prepared'\,
unprepared
[impedio, hin-
impedimentum,
( 307)
der'],
-i,
n.
Hydra,
-ae,
f.
the
Hydra,
a.
mythical
impeditus,
im-pello,
against,
burdened
[in,
-puli,
-pulsus
pello,
strike],
strike
hurl
against
nee iam,
and
imperator,
m.
n.
[impero,
com-
jnand], general
-i,
laniculum,
ianua,
n. the
Janiculum, one
imperium,
impe'ri,
[impero, comCTn-
of the hills of
-ae,
f.
Rome
door
impero,
son
blow
of
order.
-are,
-avi,
-atus,
command,
Icarus,
-i,
m. Ic'arus, the m.
[cf. ico, strike^,
Daedalus
ictus,
-lis,
ject clause of
purpose (501.41).
attack,
With
idem, e'adem,
pron.
[is
idem,
demonstrative
impetus,
m.
idoneus,
-a,
an
attack
impetum upon
[in,
;
upon,
igitur, conj.,
seldom the
( 243.
first
word,
a
place upon
impose,
therefore, then.
Cf. itaque
I
;
assign
247.
2.
;
ignis,
-is, VD-.fire I)
in, prep,
with ace.
into,
to,
against, at,
in
465.
ignotus,
-um,
adj.
[in-,
not,
4-
(g)notus,
(481)
in-cautus,
there
-a,
-um,
adj.
[in-,
not, 4-
adv.
[cf.
m^^ yonder,
guard
LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY
incendium
incendium, incendi,
ignis, flanima
xv.
in-struo
Cf.
flame, fire.
ingenium,
mous,
in-cendo, -ere,
to,
large.
Cf.
magnus
burn
in-cido, -ere, -cidi,
[in, in,
sum
[in, in,
\- gradior,
on
happen.
inimicus,
-a,
-um, adj.
[in-,
not,
furorem incidere, go
mad
[in,
As a noun,
initium,
[in-, not,
-1-
ini'ti,
entrance, beginning
in-cognitus,
-um, adj.
of ineo.
inita
cognitus, known'],
in-COlo, -ere, -ui,
unknown
[in, in,
-f-
summer
law],
in-
iniiiria, -ae,
f.
[in,
against,
iiis,
injustice,
safe,
wrong, injury,
infiict
alicui
incolumis,
injured,
-e,
adj.
sound,
un-
iurias
inferre,
wrongs upon
needy], want,
unhaiyned
-e,
some one
[in-,
in-credibilis,
adj.
not,
-|-
inopia,
-ae,
f.
[inops,
need, lack
in-oplnans, -antis,
opinans,
adj.
[in-,
not,
induo, -ere,
-ui, -fltus,
put on
thinking],
not
expecting,
taken by surprise
inquit, said he, said she.
put
on], clothed
-ii,
Regularly
,
in-eo, -ire,
eo, go],
go into
(413)
in-rumpo,
[in-, not,
* fans,
\-
As
a noun,
[in, in,
ruo,
m. and
f.
infant
-|-
rush], rush in
felix,
verb
[in,
on,
-|-
infensus,
-a,
n.
badge,
decoration
against,
fero, bear],
bring against
(465-^)
insignis,
-e, adj.
or upon,
( 501.
inflict,
rem,arkable, noted
1 5).
-um,
adj.
low,
below
(312)
in-finitus, -a, -um, adj. [in-, not,
finitus,
sto,
be at
+
+
hand ; pursue,
instrumentum,
press on
n.
-i,
instrument
[in,
in-firmus,
-um, adj.
[in-,
not,
on,
struo, btcild],
draw up
314
insula, -ae,
f.
LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY
Insula
island
iste, -a, -ud,
lacus
pron.
that
yours), he,
she,
it
new
(481)
ita, adv. so, thus.
Cf. sic
and tam
Italia, -ae,
f.
Italy
stand
( 420. (/)
ita-que, eonj.
and so,
therefore
aim
threaten
among;
during, while (340) interfectus, -a, -um, adj. [part, of interficio, kill^,
slain,
dead
-fectus
[inter,
iter facere,
march (see
p.
59)*
inter-ficio,
-ere,
-feci,
infin.
and
m. and
f.
judge
( 464. i)
;^i
^)
suspend
-etis,
fulia, a
interpres,
m. and
f.
interpreter
inter-sum, -esse,
between,
-i-
harness
luno, -onis,
f. Juno, the queen of the gods and wife of Jupiter
sum,
part
in,
with dat.
-i,
inter-vallum,
intra, adv. in
n. interval, distance
the su-
ace. within,
preme god
iuro, -are, -avi, -a^\x^, swear, take
an oath
iussus,
-a,
in-venio,
-ire, -veni,
-ventus
[in,
upon,
invisus,
-um,
labefactus,
a friend
-a,
-um, adj.
[part, of labe-
lolaus,
-i,
m.
I-o-ld'us,
of
facio,
cause
to shake],
shaken, weak-
Hercules
ipse, -a, -um, intensive pron. that vety,
this very
;
Labienus,
-i,
m. La-bi-e'nus, one of
self,
himself, herself,
itself,
Caesar's lieutenants
(481)
ira, -ae,
f.
anger
hard pressed
abl. plur. lacubus),
lacrima,
-ae,
f.
tear
^, demonstrative
that; he, she,
it
adj.
and pron.
and
this,
(481)
m. lake
LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY
laete
laete, adv. [laetus,
315
magis
levis, -e, adj. light lex, legis,
f.
glad^ compared
Tneasure,
law
laetitia, -ae,
f.
[laetus, ^/aaf],y?y
com-
pared
libentius,
libentissime, will-
ifis,. i
ingly, gladly
liber, -era, -erum, aii.free ( 469. b)
liberi, -orum,
Lar, Laris, m.
plur. Lares,
-um
(rarely
m.
[liber, free],
children
adv.
[latus,
wide'],
compared
latius, latissime,
widely
Latine loqui,
libertas, -atis,
liberty
f.
speak Latin
f. f.
latitude, -inis,
[latus, wide],
width
Latona,
-ae,
Latona,
mother of
limus,
-1,
m.
f.
mud
a
letter of
littera, -ae,
the alphabet
ab utroque
on each side
locus,
-i,
Ti.),
m.
(plur. loci
and
loca,
m.
and
place, spot
compared
way
off;
laureatus,
laurel
-a,
by far
laus, laudis,
distant, remote
lectulus,
-I, -i,
legatus,
longus,
-a,
legio, -onis,
[cf. lego,
gather], (body
men
speak
f.
464.
2. a)
lorica, -ae,
-a,
legionarius,
-um,
adj.
legionary.
soldiers
mail, corselet
liido, -ere, lusi, lusus,
m. the
play
school,
of the legion
lego, -ere, legi, lectus, read
lenis, -e,
2i^\.
liidus,
-i,
m. play ;
the
ele-
gentle, smooth,
moon
f.
compared
lucis,
(no
gen.
plur.),
light.
Lentulus,
family
-i,
m. Lentulus, a
Roman
Lydia,
-ae,
f.
Lydia, a
girl's
name
name
m. lion
-a,
leo, -onis,
M
Lemman,
of
Lernaeus,
-um, adj.
magicus,
-a,
-um,
adj.,
magic
Lesbia, a girl's
name
(^yi)
3i6
magister,
teacher
-tri,
LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY
magister
m. master, commander;
mmime
matrimonium, matrimo'ni,
riage,
n.
mar-
in
matrimonium ducere,
many
Cf.
magistratus,
ter'],
-us,
mature,
matrirus,
magistracy ; Ttiagistrate
-inis,
f.
contendo, propero
-a,
magnitudo,
-um, adj.
ripe,
mature
greatness, size
maxime,
much
mag-
(323)
maior,
lotid
magnus,
-a,
-um,
adj.,
compared
maximus,
medius,
-a,
-um, -um,
adj., superl. of
(3")
maior, maius,
-oris,
adj.
m.iddle part;
adj.,
comp. of
middle, intervening
melior, -ins,
better
-oris, adj.,
comp. of bonus,
(311)
better
+ void, wish^
malus,
-a,
-um,
compared
(
peior,
memoria,
memory,
-ae,
f.
[memor, mindful],
311)
mando,
order,
[manus, hand,
\- do, Jitit],
command
-ere,
memoria tenere, remember mens, mentis, f. mind. Cf. animus mensis, ^is, m. month ( 247. 2. a) mercator, -oris, m. [mercor, trade],
trader,
maneS,
merchant
-a,
remain, abide
merldianus,
Roman
of
noon], of midday
name
mansuetus,
mausuesc5,
-a,
meridies,
-um,
adj.
[part,
m.
[medius, mid,
dies, day],
noon
adj.
ta7ne\,
tamed
force,
metus,
dread
manus,
Marcus,
first
-iis, f.
-i,
hand ;
meus,
miles,
-um, possessive
( 98)
and
name
-is, n.
m.
soldier ( 464. i)
mare,
militaris,
tary,
margo,
Roman
name,
Martius,
the
and subst. thousand ( 479) minime, adv. in superl. degree, compared parum, minus, minime,
very
little;
Qampus Martius
-tris, f.
least,
mater,
mother
by no means (323)
LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY
minimus
minimus,
degree,
-a,
317
nauta
in
-um,
adj.
superl.
minimus,
smallest (311)
adj.
minor, minus,
degree,
-oris,
in
comp.
minor,
compared parvus,
less
moneo, -ere, -ui, -itus, remind, advise, warn ( 489) mons, montis, m. mountain{% 247. z.<z) monstrum, -i, n. monster mora, -ae, f. delay
moror,
-ari,
minimus, smaller,
Minos,
-ois,
m. Minos,
in
-atus
sum, dep.
verb
minus, adv.
mors, mortis,
f.
[cf.
movement,
terrae
motus,
earthquake
wonder
dep.
at],
wonderful, marvelous
miror,
-arl,
-atus
sum,
verb
woman
f.
multitiido,
-inis,
[multus,
much],
admire
mirus,
-a,
multitude
-um, adj. wonderful
-i,
multum
(477)
Misenum,
compared
multus,
miinio,
-a,
plurimum,
much
pliis,
-um,
adj.,
compared
plurimns,
much ;
plur.
-ii,
many
(311)
-ire, -ivi
or
-itus, fortify,
missus,
-a,
defend
miinitio, -onis,
f.
\js!a.Taa,
fortify], de-
modicus,
-a,
fense, fortification
modest, ordinary
miirus,
-i,
m. wall.
f.
Cf.
moenia
modo, adv.
now.
[abl. of
0],
.
musica,
-ae,
music
with shortened
modo
.
modo,
now
now,
N
nam,
con], for.
conj.,
sometim.es
sometimes
Cf. enim
modus, -i, m. measure ; manner, way kind moenia, -ium, n. plur. [cf. munio, fortify],
nam-que,
a strengthened nam,
and in fact ;
seeing that
relate
walls, ram-parts
'
tell,
compared
annoyed
molestus,
-a,
molestius,
molestissime,
ferre,
to
annoyingly.
moleste
be
natiira, -ae,
natu7-e
nauta,
-ae,
m.
[for navita,
from
navis,
ship], sailor
3l8
navalis,
LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY
navalis
-e, adj. [navis, ship],
num
naval
nihilum,
-i,
n.,
see nihil
navigium,
navigo,
Wiobe,
-is, f. Ni'obe, the queen of Thebes whose children were destroyed by Apollo and Diana
-|-
navis,
(abl.
-i
or
-e),
f.
ship
si,
if],
if not,
( 243. i).
navem
conscendere, em-
unless, except
bark, go on board,
set sail,
navem
solvere,
known
noble
noceo, -ere,
ne, conj.
and adv.
used as adv.
[cf.
nox, night],
ne
at night, by night
Nola,
-ae,
f.
Cf. nonne
and num
[ne, not,
\
.
.
que,
[ne, not,
void,
and
. . .
not, nor.
nee
nee or
neque
neque, neither
-a,
nor
nomen,
-inis,
n.
[cf.
nosc5,
know],
necessarius,
necessary
-um,
adj.
needful,
[cf.
nex, death],
name,
call.
non, adv.
nego,
non solum
. . .
( 420-
but also
+ otium,
alicui
Nemaeus,
nemo,
f.
-a,
Neme'a, in
dat.
and num
we
-trum,
possessive
adj.
nullo,
supplied from
not,
m. and
u.
[ne,
and pron. our, ours. Plur. nostri, -orum, m. our men ( 98) novem, indecl. numeral adj. nine
nOYUS,
-a,
revolution
nox, noctis,
at night
niillus, -a,
[ne, not,
f.
night,
multa nocte,
late
-um
-i)
adj.
not,
+ iiUus, any]
tiot
any, none,
and
lest
no
not,
-|-
( 108)
nihil, n. indecl,
hilum, a
num,
whU], nothing,
no power
nihil posse, to
have
ative
answer
In
( 210).
Cf. -ne
and
nonne.
indir. questions,
whether
LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY
numerus
numenis,
ever\,
-i,
319
all], altogether,
orior
m. number
numquam,
umquam,
wholly, entirely
never
Cf.
omnis,
Cf. totus
load], with
iam
oneraria, -ae,
navis
[onus,
expressed
or
understood,
a:)
merchant
onus,
opinio,
vessel, transport
-eris, n. load,
burden
[opinor,
lately,
just
now
-onis,
f.
suppose],
nympha,
-ae,
f.
nymph
oppidanus,
Ob, prep, with ace. on account of.
-i,
m. [oppidum, town],
town, stronghold
In
ob
n.
-a,
compounds
of,
it
often
means
(
in front
against, or is intensive,
quam
opportune, favorable
-ere, -pressi, -pressus [ob,
340)
m. and
f.
hostage
against, -f premo,
against^, crush
;
press],
[press
ob-side6,-ere,-sedi,-sessus[ob,afzrf,
surprise
f.
sedeo,
sit],
besiege
oppugnatio,
-onis,
storming, assault
oppugno,
+ teneo,
favorable
occasio, -onis,
favorable opportunity,
moment
well,
down ;
cttt
down,
compared bonus,
best,
melior, opti-
mus,
opus,
of,
occupy.
Cf. rapio
( 464- 2-
oc-curro,-ere,-curri,-cursus[ob,ajB/j;,
oraculum,
orbis,
-i, n.
curro,
meet,
m.
ring, circle,
orbis terra-
numeral
adj. eight
[orbis, wheel],
rut
Oculus,
-i,
m. eye
11.
Orcus,
-i,
officium, ota'ci,
duty
ordo,
(247.2.0)
origo,
-inis,
f.
omen,
past,
omen
source,
origin
orior,
rise
-iri,
;
mitto,
up a plan
begin
spring, be born
320
ornamentum,
ornatus,
-a,
LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY
ornamentum
-i,
per-suadeo
out},
n.
[orno, fit
pax, pacis,
pedes,
f.
(no gen.
f.
-^Xxix.),
peace
ornament, jewel
-um, adj.
out
;
peciinia, -ae,
[part, of orno,
-itis,
[pecus, cattle^,
money
m.
adorned
pedester,
[pes,/w^], on
foot; by land
peior, peius, -5ris, adj. in comp. de-
gree,
P., abbreviation for Publius
compared malus,
f. i.
peior, pessi-
skin, hide
penna,
per,
-ae,
feather
ace.
prep,
with
through,
by
m. bread
means of on
accoujtt
of In com-
m)
position
it
paratus,
-a,
thoroughly, completely, very ( 340) percussus, -a, -um, adj. [part, of percutio, strike throughl, pierced
(pjirsi),
parsurus,
per-duco,
-ere,
-diixi,
-ductus
[per,
pareo,
-ere, -ui,
obey,
with dat.
through,
(501-14)
paro, -are, -avi, -aXua, prepare for, pre-
fossam perdiicere,
per-exiguus,
-a,
construct a ditch
[per, very,
-|-
-um, adj.
pare
pars,
provide, procure
f.
partis,
part,
share;
side,
perfidus,
-a,
-um,
z.&\.
faithless, treach-
direction
emis, false
parum,
parvus,
passus,
pateo,
open
pater,
patior,
adv.,
too little,
-a,
not enough
323)
through,
-\-
-um,
adj.,
compared minor,
(311)
mille pasm-ile (331.^)
,
pergo,
-ere,
-{
perrectus
[per,
minimus, small,
-lis,
little
through,
conduct], go
on,
m.
step, pace,
,
proceed, hasten
periculum,
-i,
danger
lie
open, be
peristylum,
peritus,
-i,
an open
it
stretch,
extend
( 464. 2. a)
-tris, ra.
-i,
father
perpetuus,
Perseus,
-um,
2.&\.
perpetual
sttffer,
allow, permit
f.
-ei,
Perseus, a
Greek
hero,
patria, -ae,
paucus,
-a,
plur.),
per-suadeo,
-ere, -suasi,
-suasus [per,
while
suadci advise, with dat. ( 501. 14), often with an object clause of pur-
paulum,
adv. a
somewhat
pose (501.41)
LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY
per-terreo
per-terreo, -ere, -ui, -Itus [per, thor-
321
parapet
potentia
pluteus,
-i,
m.
i.
shield,
oughly,
terreo,
frighten'],
thor-
poena,
poeta,
-ae, -ae,
oughly
terrify,
-ire,
alarm
-veni,
per-venio,
through,
-ventus
[per,
pompa,
-ae,
procession
s.
come
to
city of
Pompeius,
Pomps'!,
m. Pompey, a
pessimus,
gree,
-a,
-um,
compared mains,
-ii,
peior, pessi-
put, place.
camp
( 247. i.a)
ask
make
for, travel
to.
popina,
-ae,
-i,
f.
restatirant
populus, Porsena,
Pharsalus,
lia,
-i, f.
Pharsa'lus or Pharsa'-
-ae,
of
town
in Thessaly,
near which
B.C.
See map
Caesar defeated
Pompey, 48
i.
porta, -ae,
f.
philosophia, -ae,
philosophy
philosophus,
-i,
m. philosopher
portus,
-lis,
m.
[cf.
porta, ^afe],
harbor
own, possess
b)
n. spear,
f.
javelin ( 462.
possum,
posse, potui,
irreg.
verb
piscina, -ae,
pond
[potis, able, -f
( 495)-
uihil posse,
pistor, -oris,
m. baker
( 501. 14)
post,
prep, with
with dat.
-ei, f.
after,
-1-
ea, this],
planities,
planus,
plenus,
-a, -a,
-um,
adj.,
compared
postremus or postumus,
conj. after, as soon as
plurimum, adv. in superl. degree, compared multum, pliis, plurimum, plurimum valere, be most very much
.
postquam,
postremo,
last],
adv.
[abl.
of
postremus,
Cf.
influential ( 322)
at last, finally.
(
demum,
-1-
plurimus,
gree,
-a,
denique
322)
die,
compared multus,
many
compared multus,
more, several (311)
sing. n. as substantive,
more;
plur.
potentia, -ae,
power, force
322
prae-beo, -ere,
LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY
prae-beo
-ui,
pro-pello
[prae, forth,
-itus
princeps,
-cipis,
m. [primus,
first,
-\-
habeo, hold'],
-ae,
f.
offer,
give
praeda,
booty, spoil,
-dixi,
plunder
[prae,
prae-dico,
before,
-ere,
-dictus
comp. degree,
+ +
prae-ficio,
before,
-fectus
[prae,
pristinus,
-a,
facio, make'\,
place in com-
ous
pro, prep, with abl. before; for, for
the sake
of,
-missus [prae,
of,
forward,
as ( 209).
In composition, forth,
ward praemium, praemi, n. reward, prize praeruptus, -a, -um [part, of praerumpo, break
off'],
forward
pro-cedo, -ere, -cessi, -cessiirus [pro,
forward,
proceed
-|-
cedo, go],
go forward,
broken
off,
steep
praesidium,
praesi'di,
n.
guard, gar-
+
n.
curro, run],
run
rison, protection
forward
[prae, be-
prae-sto, -are,
fore,
-stiti, -stitus
proelium,
proelium
proeli,
battU^
combat.
battle.
sto,
committere,
join
excel, surpass,
with dat.
( 501. 15)
show, exhibit
departure
prae-sum,
before,-\r
-fectus
be], be over, be
in com-
march.
-i,
mand of,
with dat.
( 501. 15)
pro-gredior,
\Sx(i,
forth,
-\-
go forth,
proceed, advance.
-Y ea,
moreover
[pro, forth,
awayfrom,
away
[pro,
praetorium,
praeto'ri, n. prcetorium
prayer
\-'a&Dt\o,announce],proclaim, declare
first],
first.
me, nearly.
pro-pello,
forth,
-I-
as possible
-ere,
pello,
-pulsus
[pro,
compared
(315)
move, impel
LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY
propero
propero, -are, -avi, -atus
quick],
323
qui
[properus,
Cf. con-
go quickly, hasten.
-a,
304)
tends, mature
PuUo,
-um, adj. [prope, near\,
-Snis,
propinquus,
near, neighboring
puppis,
nearer
f.
of a ship, deck
proximus,
purpureus,
red
-a,
put5,
think
{ 420, c).
Pythia,
-ae,
forth,
lish.
-|-
Cf. pronuntio
verb
escort,
[pro, forth,
-|-
sequor, follow],
attend
qua
sum,
quaero,
quails,
-situs,
seek,
ask,
inquire.
-e,
front,
protect
\ tego,
what
sort,
qualis, siich
f.
as
after a
provincia, -ae,
territory,
province
quam,
tive,
adv.
how;
;
compara-
than
quam
pri-
next;
last,
proximus,
gree,
-a,
mum,
how
as soon as possible
-a,
quantus,
-um,
adj.
[quam, how],
tantus
. . .
compared
-a,
great,
how
mitch.
nearest, next
publicus,
ple],
quantus, as great as
quartus,
-a,
-um, numeral
adj. [quat-
blica, the
commonwealth
f.
puella,
-ae,
[diminutive of puer,
adj.
boy], girl,
puer,
-eri,
462.
c)
and
(16).
Cf.
pugna,
pugno,
fight.
-ae,
battle.
Cf. proelium
qui,
quae, quod,
rel.
324
LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY
quia
re-linquo
raro, adv. [rarus, rarel, rarely
Cf. quod
quidam, quaedam, quiddam (quoddam) indef. pron. and adj. a certain one,
a certain, a
{
rarus,
re-
-a,
or
red-,
an inseparable
prefix,
485)
quidem, adv.
deed,
renewal of war,
rebel-
ne
quidem,
?iot
even
quies, -etis,
f.
rest,
repose
quietus,
-a,
-um,
qumdecim,
qulngenti,
indecl.
-ae,
se
recipere,
withdraw,
-a,
retreat
reclino,
hundred
quinque, indecl. numeral
quintus,
-a,
re-clinatus,
-um, part, of
leaning back
re-creatus,
refreshed
-a,
quis
who
what
which
rectus,
-a,
483)
(qui),
quis
indef. pron.
nisi, ne,
and
adj.,
used after
si,
red-actus,
-a,
re-
duced, sitbdited
red-eo,
-ire, -ii, -itus [red-,
484)
back,
-[-
eo,
quisquam, quicquam or quidquam (no fem. or plur.), indef. pron. any one
(at all),
anything
(at all) (
486)
going back
[re-,
back,
and
adv. whither,
-\-feTo,bear],bearback; report,
referre,
pedem
where
quo, conj. in order
to,
withdraw, retreat
Tuake again, repair.
that,
with comp.
Cf. quia
degree
350)
that.
quoque,
word,
conj., following
also, too.
an emphatic
regina, -ae,
regio, -onis,
f.
f.
[rex, king\,
queen
kingdom,
rex, king],
Cf. etiam
region, district
;
how many
rel.
regnum,
-i,
n. sovereignty
[cf.
how
govern, rule
490)
\
be-
R
radix,
-icis, f
.
root
foot
seize,
hind,
snatch
leave,
abandon
LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY
reliquus
reliquus,
-a,
325
sapiens
[cf.
-um, adj.
relinquo,
remaining.
As
rest
remotus,
-a,
Roma, -ae, f. Rome. See map Romanus, -a, -um, adj. [Roma, Rome], Roman, follows its noun. As a noun, m. and f. a Roman
rosa, -ae,
f.
rose
n.
[re-,
back,
rostrum,
in the
-i,
beak of a
ship.
In
+ moveo,
lemus,
-i,
move], remove
m. oar
iaci,
Roman Forum
f.
rota, -ae,
wheel
[re-,
Rubico,
-onis,
porto,
in northern Italy.
back, win,
res, rei,
f.
gain
rumor,
rursus,
-oris,
m.
rumor
turned
adv.
[for
reversus,
quamob
back], again
riiri,
no
gen.,
res
frumentaria, grain
res
res
gestae, exploits,
commonwealth,
-ere,
-scidi,
res
secundae,
prosperity re-scindo,
back,
Sabinus,
-scissus
[re-,
-a,
As
noun, m.
4- scindo,
cut],
cut
off,
cut
down
re-sisto, -ere, -stiti,
[re-,
bcu:k,
and f. it Sabine. The Sabines were an ancient people of central Italy. See map
-i,
sacrum,
n.
[sacer,
consecrated],
sacrifice
;
sisto,
cause
to
stand], oppose,
re-
something consecrated,
usu-
sist,
with dat.
( 501. 14)
re-spOndeo,
[re-,
-ere,
-spondi,
-sponsus
in return,
(
-I,
s^ni.'^, promise],
answer, reply
re-verto, -ere,
420. a)
,
saevus,
or dep. verb
[re-, back,
-a,
sagitta, -ae,
arrow
safety;
health, salu-
re-vertor,
-i,
-sus
sum
verto, turn],
Usu-
saMs,
-utis,
f.
ally active in
tem
[re-,
dicere,
send greetings
re-vincio, -ire,
-vinctus
rex, regis, m.
[cf.
rego, rule],
king
Rhenus,
ripa, -ae,
-i,
sanguis,
-inis,
m. blood
f.
( 247. 2. a)
Germany
f.
sanitas, -atis,
bank
Cf. peto,
sanity
326
satis, adv.
LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY
satis
solvo
and
sufficient, sufficiently
saxum,
-i,
n. rock, stone
Sextus,
-i,
m. Sextus, a
Roman
iirst
sceptrum,
schola,
grades.
scientia,
skill,
-i,
n. scepter
f.
name
the
-ae,
school,
higher
si, conj.
if
Cf. ludus
-ae,
f.
way. Cf.
ita,
tam
[sciens,
knowing],
Sicilia, -ae,
f.
Sicily.
See map
knowledge, science
scidi, scissus, cut,
scindo, -ere,
tear
signifer,
-eri,
m. [signum, standard,
standard bearer
(p.
know
{420.^).
fero, bear],
224)
Cf. cognosce
Sjgnum,
buckler
similis,
-i,
n. ensign,
f.
standard ; signal
silva, -ae,
wood, forest
adj.,
scutum,
-i,
n. shield,
-e,
compared
similior,
secum
se
cum
[sequor,yi7//i7ia],
secundus,
-a,
-um, adj.
209)
non
. .
solum
sed etiam,
not only
334)
but also
Sinuessa,
-ae,
f.
Sinues'sa, a
town
plur.),
in
sit
no
f.
thirst
of elders, senate
-ire,
(
sentio,
sensi, sensus,/^^/,
know,
perceive
-um,
numeral
dep.
soleo,
-ere,
solitus
sequor,
-i,
secutus sum,
verb,
soUicitus,
-a,
-um,
disturbed,
anxious
m.
[serpo,
crawl],
solum, adv.
non solum
sertae, -arum,
f.
plur. wreaths,
gar-
but also
lands
servitiis,
-utis,
f.
solus, -a,
[servus,
slave],
-um
-i),
adj.
slaiMry, servitude
navem
LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY
somnus
somnus,
spatium,
-i,
327
super-sum
m.
f.
sleep
Stymphalus,
district
-\,
m. Stymphaflus, a
soror, -oris,
sister n.
of
spati,
space,
distance;
a town, mountain,
and
lake, all of
time; opportunity
the
[specto, look at],
same name
-ere,
-si,
spectaculum,
-I,
n.
suadeo,
show, spectacle
specto, -are, -avi, -atus, look
ness
at,
mend,
wit-
with
subjv.
of
purpose
under,
abl.
-atus
c)
[spes, hope'],
up
to ;
at or to the foot of
spes, spel,
f.
hope
adv.
( 273. 2)
splendide,
[splendidus],
com-
pared
splendidius,
splendidissime,
sub-sequor,
-i,
splendidly,
handsomely
-a,
[sub, below,
brilliant,
splendidus,
-um,
adj.
low
up
-cessus
[sub,
gorgeous, splendid
suc-cedo,
below,
-|-
-cessi,
Stabianus,
-a,
-um, Stabian
stabulum,
-i,
ing place,
stable, stall
[cf.
statim, adv.
sto,
stand], on the
se
sum,
place,
set],
statua,
statue
-ae,
f.
[sisto,
exist ( 494)
summus,
determine
-a,
-um,
adj.
in
superl.
stilus,
-i,
sto, -are,
210)
summo colle,
stratus,
-a,
spread],
paved
-us,
sumere supplicium on
strepitus,
m.
din
[strepo,
make a
bind
noise], noise,
strings,
-ere,
strinxi,
above
superbia, -ae,
attention
f.
[superbus, proud],
studeo, -ere,
to,
-ui,
^ve
pride, arrogance
be eager, with
dat
( 501. 14)
superbus,
supero,
above],
-a,
studium,
-atus
[superus,
Stymphalis,
-idis, adj.
f.
Stymphalian,
surpass, excel
super-sum,
be over,
Greece
328
superus,
superior,
-a,
LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY
superus
timeo
Tarracina,
taurus,
n.
-ae,
f.
Tarraci'na, a
town
in Latium.
-i,
See map
[part,
m. bull
of tego,
[supplex,
telum,
-i, 11.
weapon
-atis,
f.
dare,
tempestas,
[tempus, time],
from
[sub,
storm, tempest
+ +
templum,
tempto,
-i,
n. temple,
shrine
sus-cipio,
-cepi,
-ceptus
make
in
under,
sume, begin
suspicor,
-ari,
tempus,
-atus sum, dep. verb,
hold, keep
sus-tineo,
-ere,
-tinui,
-tentus
tergum,
rear,
-i,
n. back,
a tergo, on the
retreat, flee
under,
tergum vertere,
sustain, withstand
numeral
adj.
suus,
-a,
and pron.,
their,
orbis
theirs ( 98)
T
T., abbreviation of Titus
terror, -oris,
m.
[cf. \RTCia,
frighten],
taberna, -ae,
tabula, -ae,
f.
f.
shop, stall
qualis,
numeral adj. third Teutones, -um, m. the Teutons theatrum, -i, n. theater
tertius, -a, -um,
such
as
Cf. ita, sic
Thebae, -arum, f. Thebes, a city of Greece Thebani, -orum, m. Thebans, the people of Thebes thermae, -arum, f. plur. baths
Thessalia,
-ae,
f.
tantum, adv.
-a,
.
[tantus], only
adj.
Thessaly, a district
-um,
.
so great, such.
of northern
Greece
f.
quantus, as large as
Thracia,
Tiberius,
-ae,
Thrace,
district
tardus,
-a,
north of Greece
Tibe'ri,
first
Tarpeia,
-ae,
Tarpeia (pronounced
m.
Tiberius,
who opened
Tarquin,
a
Roman
name
[cf. \Sb\dL, pipe], piper,
tibicen, -inis, m.
Tarquinius,
Tarqui'ni,
Roijian king.
timeo,
-ere, -ui,
-,fear, be afraid
of.
Cf. vereor
LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY
timor
timor,
-oris,
329
m.
[cf.
timeo, fear\,fear,
triumphus,
sion,
celebrate a
-i,
m. triumphal proces-
dread, alarm.
Cf.
metus
f.
triumph,
Tiryns, Tiiynthis,
Ti'ryns,
an an-
toga, -ae,
f.
[cf.
-i,
tortnentum,
totus, -a,
all,
engine of war
you (480)
tuba,
-ae,
f.
many
times
-i),
trumpet
f.
-um
adj.
TuUia,
-ae,
Tullia, a
Roman name
tower
( 465. 2)
do, deliver\,
give up,
hand
over,
surrender, betray
tuus,
-a,
U
and interrog. adv. where, when uUus, -a, -um (gen. -ius, dat. -i), adj. any ( 108) ulterior, -ius, -oris, adj. in comp. degree, superl. ultimus, farther, more
ubi,
rel.
+
_(
no,
remote
over
315)
trans,
with ace.
across,
ultimus,
-a,
340)
-ire, -ii, -itus [trans, across,
gree (see
(315)
trans-eo,
eo, go],
go
trans-figo, TPre,
-fixus
[trans,
through,
transitus,
[cf.
(ace.
-um,
abl. -u),
m.
transeo,
cross
over],
passage
umbra, -ae, f. shade umerus, -i, m. shoulder umquam, adv. ever, at any time una, adv. [unus, one], in the same place, at the same time undecimus,-a,-um, numeral adj. [iinus,
one, -f decimus, tenth], eleventh
across
tres, tria,
numeral
triduum,
dies,
iinus,
-a,
-um
adj.
f.
(gen.
-ius,
dat.
-i),
triginta, indecl.
numeral
adj. thirty
numeral
urbs,
-is,
one; alone
( 108)
city ( 465. a)
sad;
severe, terrible
urgeo,
vans,
-ere,
ursi,
press
upon,
tristltia, -ae,
f.
crowd,
-i,
hem
in
sorrow
triumpho,
330
LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY
ut
velocitas, -atis,
ness
f.
verbs of fearing),
so that, to ( 350. 1)
velox,
-I), in-
velum,
vendo,
venio,
n. sail
which?
indef.
uterque,
utraque,
utrumque,
ventus,
m. wind
n.
ab
verbum,
vereor,
word,
speak in behalf of
-eri,
-itus
sum,
dep.
verb,
Cf.
{ 493).
-oris,
wife
vergo, -ere,
turn,
lie
tum
vero, then
vagina,
vagor,
-ae, sheath,
-ari,
scabbard
you may
verb,
-atus
sum,
dep.
climax of a story
verto,
-ere,
-ti,
wander
valeo, -ere,
-ui, -iturus, be powerful, be
-sus,
tum, change.
tergum vertere,
verus,
-a,
retreat, flee
plurimum
valere,
have
vesper,
-eri,
m. evening
the most
power
-inis,
f.
and
valetiido,
be
well],
( 98) n.
[cf.
health
vestigium,
-a,
vesti'gi,
vestigo,
validus,
-um,
adj.
[cf.
valeo,
be
valles,
-is,
-i,
f.
valley
vestimentum, garment
vestio,
clothe, dress
-i,
n. [vestis, clothing],
yallum,
varius,
n.
rampart, earthworks
clothing],
-a,
vestis,
robe
-is, f.
cany.
-um, adj.
old, veteran
-ui, -itns,
forbid, prohibit
vexo, -are,
vel
.
annoy
way,
vel, either
or.
via,
-ae,
way, road,
Cf. iter
street;
Cf.'aut
manner.
LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY
viator
viator, -oris, m. [via], traveler
victor, -oris,
vis,
(vis),
f.
331
might
vitam
vulpes
strength, power,
m.
_(468)
vita, -ae,
f.
queror, victor.
In apposition, with
[victor, victor\, victory
victoria, -ae,
f.
vicus,
-i,
m. village
see,
live.
Cf. habito,
seem
( 420.
d)
watch, de
vivus,
-a,
-um, adj.
[vigil, awake'],
living
vix, adv. scarcely, hardly
tertia vigilia,
viginti, indecl.
vilicus,
-i,
numeral
[villa,
adj.
twenty
call,
su?nm-on,
m.
farm], steward,
overseer of a farm
villa, -ae,
i.farm, villa
vinxi, vinctus, bind,
vincio,
fetter
-ire,
be willing,
volumen,
-ere,
vici,
-inis, u. roll,
-i,
vinco,
victus,
conquer,
Vorenus,
rion
m.
Vore'nus, a
defeat, overcome.
vinea, -ae,
f.
shed
219)
vinum,
-i,
u.
wine
[violentus,
violent],
votum, -i, n.
VOX, vocis,
violenter,
adv.
compared
vir,
(
violentius, violentissime,
[cf.
violently, furiously
viri,
word
vulnero,
-are,
-avi,
m.
-atus
[vulnus,
462.
c)
[vir,
man], manliness
i.fox
EQUES ROMANUS
ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY
This vocabulary contains only the words used in the English-Latin exercises. For details not given here, reference may be made to the Latin-English vocabulary. The figures I, 2, 3, 4, after verbs indicate the conjugation.
a, an,
able
(be),
-ae,/.
announce, nuntio,
another,
alius, -a,
about about
{adv.), circiter
annoying, molestus,
abl.
act.
-a,
-um
(prep.), de,
with
-ud
{ 109)
part.
Gllus, -a, -um ( 108) any one, anything, quisquam, quam or quidquam ( 486)
any,
quic-
approach, adpropinquS,
as a copula,
arise, orior, 4
i,
with dat.
sum
494)
against,
in,
omnis, -e
totus, -a,
-um
( 108)
arm, bracchium, bracchi, n. armed, armatus, -a, -um arms, arma, -orum, n. plur. army, exercitus, -its, m.
around, circum, with
ace.
allow, patior, 3
ally, socius, socJ,
m.
solus, -a,-um ( 1 08)
almost, paene
already, iam
fere
;
arrow,
sagitta, -ae,/.
as possible, expressed by
sitperl.
quam and
i
quoque always, semper ambassador, legatus, -1, m. among, apud, with ace. ancient, antiquus, -a, -um
also,
ask, peto, 3
assail,
at, in,
quaero, 3
i
rogo,
oppugno,
with
ace.
or
abl. ;
with names of
and, at
atque (ac)
-que
towns, locative case or abl. without a preposition ( 268) time when, abl.
;
332
ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY
at once
333
carry
at once, statim
at the beginning of
aestate
body, corpus,
-oris, n.
;
summer,
inita
fortis, -e
attempt, conor,
tempts,
away from,
utrumque
both
. .
.
and, et
-eri,
et
B
bad, malus,
-a,
boy, puer,
brave,
m.
-um
fortis, -e
bravely, fortiter
bridge, pons, pontis, m.
bright, clarus,
-a,
-um
i
be,
sum
494)
( 494) vereor, 2
ace.
and dat.
-tris,
426)
brother, frater,
m.
aedifi'ci, .
494)
building, aedificium,
dat.
command
of,
praesum, with
fio
(
burn, cremS,
se'd
be distant, absum
by,
a,
ab,
with
abl.
denoting means,
abl. ( 180)
abl.
participle
by
abl.
night, noctii
ace.
or
Caesar, Caesar,
-aris,
m. nomino,
i
appellS,
with abl.
begin, incipio, 3 believe, credo, 3, with dat. (%
call together,
convocS,
camp,
1
53)
can,
could,
possum,
posse,
potui,
occupo,
between,
with
ace.
careful, attentus,
-a,
-um
latus ( 498)
tuli,
blood, sanguis,
-inis,
m.
334
carry on, gero, 3
cart, carrus,
-1,
ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY
carry on
dwelling
D
daily, cotldie
m.
-us,
danger, periculum,
-1,
n.
cavalry, equitatus,
cease, cesso,
i
m. m.
daughter,
day,
filia,
dies, -ei,
-ae,/ (67) m.
Cepheus, Cepheus,
(quiddam)
-1,
-um
485)
deep,
altus, -a,
-um
m. and f. (243.
delay
[verb],
moror,
i
demand,
postulo,
-a,
-um
dense, densus,
-um
;
depart, discedo, 3
ciscor, 3
1,
exeo, 4
profi-
come, venio, 4
command,
( 45)
;
impero,
iubeo,
2
;
with
dat.
dependent,
desire,
cliens, -entis,
m.
praesura,
with
dat.
(426)
3
commit, committo,
destroy, deleo, 2
commonwealth,
cae
ail.
(498)
different, dissimilis, -e
difficult, difficilis, -e
conquer, supero,
vinco, 3
ace.
distant
(be),
absum,
f acio,
as territory, fines,-ium,
not translated
down
drag, traho, 3
drive, ago, 3 dwell, habito,
i
incolo, 3
vivo, 3
dwelling, aedificium,
aedifi'ci, n.
ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY
each
full
335
E
each, quisque, quaeque, quidque (quodque) (484) each of two, uterque, utraque, utrum-
find, reperio, 4
que
each other, inter with
eager, acer, acris, acre
alacre
ace.
;
primus,
-a,
-um
of a reflexive
flee, fugio,
alacer, alacris,
eager
(be),
studeo, i
foe, see
enemy
m.
-itis,
easy,
facilis, -e
. . .
foot-soldier, pedes,
.
m.
either
or, aut
aut
for
(conj.),
enim,
nam
employ, negotium do
encourage, hortor,
i
gerundive; implied in
of time
enemy,
cus,
hostis,
-is,
-1,
m.
satis
-a,
a long time,
i
diii
enough,
forbid, veto,
entire, totus,
-um
( io8)
m.
n.
castrum,
-1,
n.
F
faithless, perfidus,
fortify, munio, 4
famous,
far,
clarus, -a,
-um -um
-a,
-um
i
longe
-ae,
-erum
farmer, agricola,
m.
m.
-a,
fatherland, patria,
favor, faveo, z
-ae,/".
friendly
friendly
[adj.],
amicus,
-um
(adv.),
amice
favorable, idoneus,
-a,
-a,
-um secundus,
;
-um
-iis,
m.\ timor,
-oris,
m.
e,
Often
be afraid, timeo, 5
-ae, -a
few, pauci,
fifteen,
m. quindecim
;
inter,
with
ace.
of a
fight, contendo, 3
pugnS,
-um
336
ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY
Galba
in
G
Galba, Galba,
-ae,
have no power,
he,
is
;
nihil
;
possum
or not expressed
m.
hie
iste
ille
head, caput,
-itis,
n.
-1,
m.
heavy, gravis,
m.
-oris,
-e
Gaul
(a),
Gallus,
-i,
general, imperator,
m.
hem
in, contineo, 2
huius
-a,
istius
illius
reflex-
suus,
hide, abdo, 3
high,
altus, -a,
highest, summus,
hill, coUis, -is,
-um
m.
himself,
sul.
See
self
-1,
hindrance, impedimentum,
;
n.
trado, 3
his, eius
huius istius
;
illius
reflexive,
suus,
-a,
-um (116)
{ 67)
n.
good, bonus,
-a,
-um
-1,
home, domus, -us,/ (468). at home, domi ( 267) hope (noun), spes, spei,/ hope (verb), spero, i
horse, equus,
-I, m. horseman, eques, -itis, m. hostage, obses, -idis, m. and/. hostile, inimicus, -a, -um
grain, frumentum,
n.
raagnus,
greatest, maximus,
-a,
-a,
-um
-um
house,
domicilium,
(
domici'li,
.;
domus, -us,/
hurl, iacio, 3
468)
hand, manus,
-lis,/
-a,
happy,
laetus,
-um
m.
;
harbor, portus,
-iis,
I,
ego
(
if
280)
or not expressed
hasten, contends, 3
pero,
I
maturS,
pro-
if, SI.
ill,
not, 'nisi
-gra,"
aeger,
-grum
immediately, statim
in [of place), in, with abl.; (of time or
have, habeo,
of specification)
abl.
without prep.
ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY
in order that in order that^
ut,
337
love
L
labor (noun), labor, labor (verb), lab5ro,
-oris,
i
m.
( 180)
m.
( 260. 2)
sum^de
inform some one, aliquem certiorem
faci5
injure, noceo,
2,
magnus,
-a,
-um
with dat.
( 153)
nuper
intrust, committo, 3
invite, voco,
is,
i
mando,
as a copula,
sum
iste
;
494)
hie
ille
or not ex-
pressed
Italy, Italia, -ae,/
its,
know, cognosco, 3 leave, depart from, discedo, 3 leave behind, abandon, relinquo, 3
learn,
left, sinister, -tra,
-trum
eius
huius
istius
illius
re-
-um (116)
legionaries,
legiSnaril,
-orum,
vi.
itsHf, sui.
See
self
plur.
letter
littera,
-ae,
journey,
iter, itineris, . (
-icis,
468)
m.
plur.
(verb), iiidico, i
Ifllia,
lieutenant, legatus,
light,
liix,
-1,
m.
Wcis,/
sirailis, -e
just
now,
niiper
like (adj.),
like, love,
amo,
2; teneo, 2
little,
parvus,
i
-a,
;
-um
;
live; habito,
incolo, 3
vivo, 3
long, longus,
i
;
-a,
-um
i
scio,
love, amo,
338
ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY
maid
once
M
maid, maid servant,
ancilla,
W
-ae,/
name, nomen,
-inis, n.
make,
facio, 3
make war
near, propinquus,
-a, -a,
dat. { 426)
nearest, proximus,
-inis,
-um -um
m.
-a,
man, homo,
viri,
m. and f.;
vir,
nearly, fere
m.
plur. of multus
(
neighbor, finitimus,
-i,
neighboring, finitimus,
-unj
. .
many,
multl, -ae,
-a,
nor,
468)
neque (nee)
never,
matri-
neque (nee)
numquam
-a,
matrimonium,
m.;
nevertheless, tamen
new, nevus,
-T,
-um
diei
-a,
master,
-trl,
dominus,
magister,
m.
negotium, nego'ti, n.
of, the abl.
;
proximus,
-um
matter,
re!,/.'
res,
novem
repeat
means, by means
minime; or
verb with a
negative ( 210)
no, none, niillus,
-a,
-um
( 109)
mentis,/".
non
.
.
not even, ne
not only
. .
quidem
money, pecunia, -ae,/ monster, monstrum, -i, month, mensis, -is, m. moon, liina, -ae,/.
parative
sed etiam
-i,
n.
-1,
m.
Adverb, maxime
obey, pareo,
of, sign
2,
with dat.
( 153)
often, saepe
on
moved, commotus,
-a,
-um
abl.
without prep.
of, propter,
much
(by),
multo
on account
abl.
/ with ace; or
my, meus,
-a,
-um
See
self
myself, me,
reflexive.
on
all sides,
ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY
one
one, unus,
-a,
339
(
rest
prefer, malo, malle, malui,
.
. .
-um
( io8)
497)
one
another, alius
alius
i,
with
ace.
opportune, opportunus,
opposite, adversus,
oracle, 5raculum,
-i,
-a,
-um
-a,
-um
-um
-ae, /.;
punishment, poena,
cium, suppli'ci, n.
n.
-1,
suppli-
iubeo, 2
ornament, 5rnamentum,
other, alius,
-a,
ut, qui,
-ud ( 109)
und or gerundive;
the genitive of
ought, debeo, 2
our, noster, -tra, -trum
dive
object.
See
pursue, Jnsequor, 3
overcome, supers,
own
vinco, 3 suus,
-a,
-um
quickly, celeriter
quite, expressed by the comp. degree
part, pars, partis,/.
R
rampart, vallum, -1, n. rear, novissimum agmen
2,
persuade,
persuadeo,
with
dat.
excipio, 3
m.
i
recently, nuper
redoubt, castellum,
refuse, recuso,
1
-i,
n.
remain, maneo, 2
and dat.
426)
remaining, reliquus,
reply, responded, 2
-a,
-um
plan
(a),
consilium, consi'll, n.
2,
please, placeo,
-ae,
/;
riimor,
pleasing, gratus,
-um
m.
plow,
aro,
quam and
powerful
(be), valeo, 2
i
praise, laudo,
340
ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY
restrain
stand
she, ea; haec; ista;
ilia
restrain, contine5, 2
(115); ornot
expressed
pedem
ship, navis,
-is,y; ( 243. i)
short, brevis, -e
shout, clamor,
-oris,
i
m.
Rhine, Rhenus,
right, dexter,
-!,
m.
-trum
;
show, demonstro,
Sicily, Sicilia, -ae,
fluvius, fluvl,
-tra,
river, fiumen,-inis, n.
m.
-grum
m.
rumor,
-oris,
(381)
i
rule, rego, 3
m.
sedeo, 2
size,
magnitude,
-inis,/".
-a,
skillful, peritus,
sacrifice,
-um
sacrum,
-1,
n.
slave, servus,
-1,
m.
safety, salus,
sail, navig5,
i
-utis,_/;
slow, tardus,
-a,
small, parvus,
-a,
-um -um
snatch, rapio, 3
so, ita; sic;
a gen.
tam
-a,
( 287)
so great, tantus,
so that, ut
;
-um non
m.
so that not, ut
-itis,
soldier, miles,
-1,
in.\
schola, -ae,y.
some, often not expressed ; quis (qui), qua (quae), quid (qued); aliqui, aliqua, aliqued
-oris,
m.
n.
-a,
second, secundus,
see, video, z
-um
some some
no)
487)
passive of vide5
rapid, 3
( 286); sui (
soon,
mex
-1,
-um
spear, pllum,
spirited,
n.
acris,
acer,
acre;
alacer,
alacris, alacre
sev^n, septem
Sextus, Sextus,
-1,
m.
stand,
sto,
; ;
ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY
state
state, civitas, -atis,/.
341
tree
station, conloco,
offearing, ne ( 349,
steadiness, constantia,
stone, lapis,
-idis,
i
366, 372)
m.
that not,
lest, in
purpose
clauses,
ne
storm, oppugns,
366, 372)
-ae,/
gen. plur. of
\s\
reflexive, suus,
-um
sturdy, validus,
such,
talis, -e
-a,
-um
-a,
-um (116)
deinde,
suddenly, subits
suffer
in
the
next place,
punishment, supplicium do
-a,
sufBciently, satis
suitable, idoneus,
-um
summer,
aestas, -atis,/.
therefore, itaque
they,
ii
hi
isti
illi
;
or not expressed
i
;
think, arbitror,
third, tertius,
existimo,
puto,
-a,
-um
is,
ea, id
(
velox, -5cis
396)
479)
thy, tuus,
-fui,
-a,
-um
-oris, n.
time, tempus,
to, sign
with dat.
426)
of
with
ace.
ex-
-um
gerund or gerundive
ace.
of a
pron.
teacher, magister,
-tri,
m.
to-day, hodie
tooth, dens, dentis, m.
narro,
top
of,
summus,
-a,
-um
n.
-I,
ten, decern
terrified, perterritus, -a,
tower,
-um
town, oppidum,
terrify, perterreo, 2
townsman, oppidanus,
m.
than,
quam
verbs of saying and the
that
{conj. after
like),
not expressed
is;
that (pron.),
iste; ille
342
ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY
tribe
wonderful
tela,
-um
tempto,
i
-a,
-um
what, quis
(
(qui),
twelve, duodecim
483}
(
479)
when,ubi; cum
by a participle
ace.
or
abl.
undertake, suscipi5, 3
where, ubi which, qui, quae, quod ( 482); which of two, uter, utra, utrum ( 108)
while, expressed by a participle
unharmed, incolumis,
unless, nisi
-e
whither, quo
-e
unlike, dissimilis,
482); (interrog.)
unwilling
(
(be)
497)
up
whole,
rel.;
or
why,
\exY , superl. degree; maxime; -um (285) victor, victor, -oris, m.
victory, victoria, -ae,/
village, vicus,
-1,
cur
ipse,
-a,
wicked, malus, -a, -um wide, latus, -a, -um width, latitiido, -inis,/
wild beast,
willing
(
fera,
-ae,/
m.
violently,
vehementer
497)
(a victory), reporto,
1
win
W
wage, ger5, 3 wagon, carrus,
wall,
-i,
mums,
-1,
m. m.
wisdom, consilium,
;
consi'li, n.
wish, cupio, 3 volo, velle, volui, ( 497)) wish not, nol5, nolle, nolul,
(497)
abl.;
sometimes
abl.
wave, fluctus, -us, m. way, iter, itineris, . ( 468) via, -ae,/ way, manner, modus, -T, m. we, nos, plur. of ego or not expressed wefe, infirmus, -a, -um
; ;
withdraw,
se recipere
abl.
;
mulier, -eris,/
-um
ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY
word
word, verbum, -i, . work, labor, -oris, m.
worst, pessimus,
opus,
-eris, .
343
your
Y
;
year, annus,
yes, certe
;
-i,
;
ita
m. vero
or more usually
yonder
wound wound
(noun), vulnus,
[verb), vulnero,
-eris, n.
i
480)
or not
-a,
-um plur.
;
vester,
-erum
-tra,
-trum
( 98. *)
wrong,
iniiiria, -ae,/.
INDEX
The numbers
in all cases refer to sections.
irreg-
ular, 322,
abl.
with
S or
agreement
of adjectives, 65, 215.
means
or instrument, 103
487
alius, 108,
no, 470
alphabet, 1-3
alter, 108,
no
;
22.
14-16 accompaniment,
abl. of,
104
base, 58
cardinal numerals, 327-329,
case, 32. 2
478
of duration
and
extent, 336
causal clauses with cum, 395, 396 cause, expressed by the abl., 102
characteristic, subjv. of, 389,
390
comparison
abl. of,
agreement, 65 comparison, regular, 301 by adverbs, 302; irregular, 307, 311, 312,315 declension of comparatives, 303 of first and second declensions, 83,
;
irregular,
irreg-
93.
469
complementary infinitive, 215 compound verbs, with the dative, 425, 426
344
INDEX
concessive
345
370372 conjugation
396
conjugation stems, 184 conjugations, the four regular, 126.
fero,
of,
498
272, 273, 467
fifth or e-declension,
488-491
consonants, 2
copula, 21
irregular,
494-500
fnia,
filius,
finite verb,
fio,
conjugation
first conjugation,
500 488
461
fourth conjugation, 491 fourth or u-declension, 259, 260, 466 from, how expressed, 178-181
with
compound
future participle, formation of, 374. c future perfect, formation of, active,
passive, 202 187. 3 future tense, formation of, 137, 156
;
declension, 23,
32
by the
gender
in English
in the
317
and
in Latin, 6b
second declension, 72
247
and
genitive,
441-
445
descriptive
relative clause,
with the
subjv., 389,
difference,
390
of,
measure diphthongs, 6
direct statements,
316, 317
English equivalents of, 33 of description, 443, 445 of nouns in -ius and -ium, 87
partitive, 331 possessive, 38, 409 gerund, a verbal noun, 402, 403 gerundive, a verbal adjective,
414 334
404
with
ad
by the
hie,
ace, 336
e-declension of nouns, 272, 273, 467 e-verbs, conjugation of, 489
S-verbs, conjugation of, 490
ego, declension of, 280,
enclitics,
eo,
of, 290,
291
how
i,
consonant, 3
480
16
of,
idem, declension
iens,
ille,
481
of,
conjugation
declension
290-293,
346
INDEX
means, abl. of, 103 measure of difference, abl. of,. 3 16, 317 mille, declension of, 479 construction
;
and use
complementary, 215
definition of, 173
210 with negative clauses of purpose, 350. II with verbs of fearing, 370 nine irregular adjectives, 108-110 nolo, conjugation of, 497 nominative case, 35, 36 nonne, in questions, 210 nos, declension of, 280, 480
-ne, enclitic, in questions,
lest,
does not express purpose, 352 formation of, 126, 174, 205, 206
in indirect statements,
nouns, 19. 2 first declension, 57, 461 second decIension,7 1-74, 87-92,462
third declension, 230247, 463-465 fourth declension, 259, 260, 466 fifth declension, 272, 273, 467
23
instrument, abl.
of, 100. b,
103
and
use
of,
225-227, 483
intransitive verbs, defined, 20. a
;
with
the dative, 153 io-verbs of the third conj., 492 ipse, declension and use of, 285, 481 irregular adjectives, 108
irregular comparison, of adjectives, 307,
object,
462 20
direct, 37
indirect, 44, 45
order of words, 68
ordinal numerals, 327.
2,
478
of adverbs, 323 311, 312 irregular nouns, 67, 246, 468 irregular verbs, 494-500
;
participles, defined,
agreement
formation,
of
of,
203 204
;
declension and use of, 3-1 16 iste, declension and use of, 290, 292,
is,
of present,
;
perfect, 201
deponent
of
c,
iter,
481 declension
of,
468
tenses of, 376 translated by a clause, 377 partitive genitive, 330, 331 passive voice, defined, 163 formation of, 164, 202 penult, 9. 3 accent of, 1
; ;
magis and maxime, comparison by, 302 maid, conjugation of, 497 mainer, abl. of, 105
perfect indicative
INDEX
meaning
of,
347
of,
190
pronunciation, 4-7
definite, 190
indefinite, 190
496
190
perfect infinitive, active, 195
;
passive,
205
perfect passive participle, 201
perfect stem, 185 perfect subjunctive, active, 361
sive,
;
expressed by the gerund or gerundive with ad, 407 not expressed by the infinitive,
352 subjunctive
of,
348-350, 365-367
362
person, 122
164
personal pronouns, 280, 480
place, where, whither, whence,
qui, declension
263-265;
names
rus,
of, 220,221, 482 quidam, declension of, 485 quis, declension and use of, 225-227,
and use
pluperfect
active,
187. 2
passive, 202
pluperfect
subjunctive,
active,
361
relative
passive, 363
pliis,
declension
of,
313
of,
clauses
of
characteristic
or
possum, conjugation
predicate, defined, 19
495
description, 389, 390 relative clauses of purpose, 348, relative pronouns, 220, 221
349
reviews, 502-528
with
riis,
constructions
of,
266
ipse, 285.
distinguished from
second conjugation, 489 second or o-declension, 71-93, 462 sentences, simple, complex, compound,
219
separation, abl. of, 180
pronouns
classification of, 278
defined, 19.
2.
demonstrative, 481
indefinite, 297,
484-487
sequence of tenses, 356-358 space, extent of, expressed by the ace, 336
specification, abl. of,
398
;
348
of the imperfect, 354 of the perfect, 361, 362 of the pluperfect, 361. c, 363 subjunctive constructions
INDEX
i-stems, 241-244, 465 irregular nouns, 246
names of,
a
390
indirect questions, 430-432
declension of, 479 declension of, 280, 480 tuus, compared with vester, 98. b
tu,
mm,
u-declension of nouns, 259, 260, 466
ultima, 9.
395' 396 subjunctive ideas, 346 subjunctive tenses, 342, 343 subordinate clauses, 219
verbs
declension of, 281, 480 sum, conjugation of, 494 suus, use of, 98. c, 116
sui,
agreement
syllables, 8
of, 13
division of, 9
of,
quantity
irregular,
494-500
of, 122,
personal endings
501
164
syntax, rules
temporal clauses with cum, 395, 396 tense, defined, 120 tense signs
imperfect, 133 future, 137, 156 pluperfect active, 187. 2 future perfect active, 187. 3 tenses, primary and secondary, 356;
declension
of,
468
vocabularies
-
283-298
nouns
in -us of the
second de.
clension, 73. i
sequence
of,
357, 358
of proper
filius, 88
voice, defined,
V0I6,
nouns
in
-ius
and of
quantity of, 12